The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2216 State Route 530 NE_BLD6284_2025 2" [50mm] Ã˜6" [150mm] Aluminum Cover Aluminum Access Cover Finish: Black Finish: Black Ã˜6" [150mm]*T0.1"[3.0mm] Acrylic tube Finish: White Built-in Waterproof box Built-in Waterproof RGBW 68W CRI 80 Led Strip Lights 360 degree IP66 Controller 48" [1220mm] Built-in LED driver AC110-277V Aluminum bottom post Finish: Black Detail A 144" [3655mm] M12 1 Ã˜ " [12mm] 2 14" [366mm] Ã˜14" [Ã˜355mm] Aluminum Access Cover A Finish: Black Built-in Waterproof box 7" [180mm] 7" [180mm] 304# Stainless steel Controller embedded parts Built-in LED driver 24" [600mm] AC110-277V 304# Stainless steel embedded parts 14" [350mm] FRONT VIEW 10" [250mm] 7" [180mm] Ã˜6" [Ã˜150mm] REFERENCE IMAGE 3D VIEW 10" [250mm] TOP VIEW Drawing Title : 7" [180mm] Project : Scale: 1:20.0 (A4) Area / Location: Date :10.10.2024 Drawn By : R1 Checked By : Approved by: Rev. Date Description By QTY: Est. Weight : KG First Angle Projection 1 of 1 2" [50mm] Ã˜6" [150mm] Aluminum Cover Finish: Black 12" [300mm] Ã˜6" [150mm]*T0.1"[3.0mm] Acrylic tube Finish: White Built-in Waterproof RGBW 24W CRI 80 Ã˜8" [Ã˜205mm] 36" [920mm] Led Strip Lights 360 degree IP66 Ã˜6" [Ã˜150mm] Aluminum bottom post Finish: Black TOP VIEW Built-in Waterproof box 3D VIEW M8 Built-in LED driver AC110-277V Controller 8" [205mm] Ã˜1" [8mm] 4 Mounting plate Countersunk Screws Ã˜8" [Ã˜205mm] 304# Stainless steel embedded parts 8" [200mm] Ã˜5" [Ã˜122mm] 8" [205mm] 304# Stainless steel embedded parts REFERENCE IMAGE FRONT VIEW Drawing Title : Project : Scale: 1:6.0 (A4) Area / Location: Date :10.10.2024 Drawn By : R1 Checked By : Approved By : Rev. Date Description By QTY: Est. Weight : KG First Angle Projection 1 of 1 BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION Community and Economic Development City of Arlington â€¢ 18204 59th Ave NE â€¢ Arlington, WA 98223 â€¢ Phone (360) 403-3551 The following information is required for Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 Battery Energy Storage System Permit Applications. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of the submittal documents. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC FILES FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING; Incomplete applications will not be accepted. For Tier 1 projects a Zoning Verification must be completed and approved prior to building permit submittal. Tier 2 and 3 projects require a land use permit. REQUIRED DOCUMENTS Site Plan Architectural Floor Plan Manufacturerâ€™s Specifications, Ratings and Listings Installation Instructions (including support arrangement and seismic support) Operations and Maintenance Manual Details of Fire Suppression, Smoke or Fire Detection, Gas Detection, Thermal Management, Ventilation, Exhaust, and Deflagration Venting Systems, if provided Details of Hourly Fire-Resistant-Rated Assemblies Hazardous Mitigation Analysis, if applicable Emergency Operations Plan: Tier I and Tier 2, if required Commissioning Plan: Tier 1 and Tier 2, if required Commissioning Report Shall be Provided to the City of Arlington Prior to Final Inspection and Approval Plan Review fee is due at time of submittal and remaining balance will be due at time of issuance. The City of Arlington does not review or inspect electrical systems. Contact Labor and Industries at lni.wa.gov or 360-416- 3000. A. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS If the project requires any of the following, a Deferred Submittal Request MUST be completed. Deferred submittals require separate applications, plans, and plan review. 1. Fire Sprinkler 2. Fire Alarm B. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT A Special Inspection Firm is required to perform special inspections for the following type of work. *The Special Inspection and Testing Agreement MUST be submitted with the Building Application. Reinforced Concrete Structural Steel and Welding Bolting in Concrete High-Strength Bolting Pre-stressed Concrete Spray-Applied Fireproofing Shotcrete Smoke-Control Systems Structural Masonry Other - Specify: ______________________________________ I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Battery Energy Storage System Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal. BATTERY ENERGY STRORAGE SYSTEM Type of Permit: Tier 1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Total System Capacity Rating _________________ kWh Power Rating ________________kW !"##$%& '&($ Property Address: Project Valuation: Lot #: Parcel ID No.: Subdivision: Project Scope of Work: IBC Construction Type: _____________ IBC Occupancy Type: ____________ Building Square Footage: ____________ Primary Contact: Owner Architect Engineer Contractor Owner Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Architect Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Professional License Number: Expiration Date: Engineer Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Professional License Number: Expiration Date: Primary Contractor: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date: I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington. Signature Print Name Date REV08.2024 Page 2 of 3 BATTERY ENERGY STRORAGE SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Include all applicable codes on the cover sheet of the project. 2. Include the complete scope of work on the cover sheet of the project. 3. Include a legend or key for the site plan and floor plan. 4. Minimum plan size is 18â€ x 24â€ and maximum plan size is 30â€ x 42â€. 5. Plans shall be on standard drafting paper. 6. All plan sheets shall be the same size and sequentially labeled. 7. Plans are required to be legible with scaled dimensions, indelible ink, blue line, or other professional media. 8. Plans will not be accepted that are marked preliminary or not for construction, that have red lines, cut and paste details or those that have been altered after the design professional has signed. SITE PLAN REQUIREMENTS 1. Drawing shall be prepared to scale, not to exceed 1â€ = 20â€™. 2. Provide property legal description and show property lines. 3. Provide dimensions from the property lines to building and equipment. 4. Show building and equipment setbacks and easements. 5. Provide topographical map of the existing grades and the proposed finish grades with maximum five (5) feet elevation contour lines. 6. Show the location of all underground utilities including water, sewer, gas and electrical. 7. Provide the total number, location(s), and type(s) of ESS. 8. Provide the location of all structures and the location where the system is to be installed. 9. Provide the location and content of required signage. 10. Show conduit/cable routing of battery energy storage system. 11. Include underground trench detail. 12. Show method and location of required ventilation equipment (if required). 13. Flood hazard areas, floodways, and design flood elevations if applicable. FLOOR PLAN REQUIREMENTS 1. Provide location of new equipment for the battery energy storage. 2. Provide the total number, location(s), and type(s) of ESS. 3. Show existing equipment for interconnection. 4. Provide the location and content of required signage. 5. Show required working clearances for all existing and new electrical equipment. 6. Show whether the equipment is to be installed indoors or outdoors. 7. Show method and location of required ventilation equipment (if required). 8. Show method of protection from physical damage for the battery energy storage system. 9. Show means of access to the battery energy storage system. 10. Denote whether conductors are routed indoors or outdoors. REV08.2024 Page 3 of 3 ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS Battery Technology: Lithium Iron Phosphate - LiFePO4 Special Hazards: Stored Energy, Arc Flash, Shock Emergency Contact: 1-206-420-7844 Supression System: Automatic Intert Gas Suppression ARLINGTON FUEL MART NATIONAL CODES AND STANDARDS: 1. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) EV CHARGING STATIONS -ARTICLE 625 -ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM -ARTICLE 706 -ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS -ARTICLE 708 -CRITICAL OPERATIONS POWER SYSTEMS JBW PROJECT #: 24129 -ARTICLE 705 -INTERCONNECTED ELECTRIC POWER PRODUCTION SOURCES 2. NFPA STANDARDS ARLINGTON, WA - USA -NFPA 855 -INSTALLATION OF STATIONARY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS -NFPA 111 -STORED ELECTRICAL ENERGY EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS -NFPA 1 -FIRE CODE ELECTRICAL/STRUCTURAL 3. BUILDING CODES -INTERNATION BUILDING CODE (IBC) PACKAGE -INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) -INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE (IECC) 4. UL STANDARDS -UL2202 -EV CHARGING SYSTEM EQUIPMENT -UL2231 -PERSONNEL PROTECTION SYSTEMS FOR EV SUPPLY CIRCUITS -UL9540 -ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT -UL9540A -THERMAL RUNAWAY FIRE PROPAGATION TESTING STATE CODES: 1. WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (WAC 51-50) 2. WASHINGTON STATE ELECTRICAL CODE (WAC 296-46B) 3. WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (WAC 51-11C) 4. WASHINGTON STATE FIRE CODE (WAC 51-54A) PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT: A1 GAS -LEVEL 3 CHARGING STATION LOCAL CODES: FILE NO.: PLN1277 1. ARLINGTON MUNICIPAL CODE SECTION, TOWNSHIP, RANGE: NW1/4 OF THE SW1/4 OF SECTION 08, TOWNSHIP 31 NORTH, -CHAPTER20.38 -AIRPORT PROTECTION RANGE 05 EAST WILLIAMETTE PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, WASHINGTON -CHAPTER20.40 -LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS -CHAPTER20.44 -DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS ZONING CLASSIFICATION: "HC" HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL -CHAPTER20.56 -OFF-STREET PARKING AIRPORT PROTECTION DISTRICT SUBDISTRICT: ARLINGTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT PROTECTION DISTRICT -CHAPTER20.76 -ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION USE CLASSIFICTATION: ELECTRIC VEHICLE INFRASTRUCTURE 2. ARLINGTON DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TAX PARCEL ID NUMBER: 31050800300600 -TRANSPORTATION STANDARDS SCREENING TYPES PROVIDED: NO SCREENING AT THIS TIME -UTILITY STANDARDS UTILITY PROVIDER: ELECTRICAL -SNOHOMISH PUD -STORMWATER MANAGEMENT STANDARDS SHORELINE CLASSIFICATION: NOT IN A SHORELINE MANAGEMENT AREA UNITED STATES FEMA FLOOD ZONE DESIGNATION: IN ZONE X AND ZONE AE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: 1. ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN SCOPE OF WORK: 8 STALL LEVEL 3 CHARGING STATION WITH ONE ADA ACCESSIBLE 2. WASHINGTON STATE ACCESSIBILTIY STANDARDS (WAC 51-50) STALL AND 233KWH LOAD MANAGED BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SNOHOMISH SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTAL: COUNTY 1. SEPA REQUIREMENTS (WAC 197-11) 2. SNOHOMISH COUNTY CRITICAL AREAS OF REGULATIONS 3. CITY OF ARLINGTON ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS UTILITY REQUIREMENTS: 1.SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUD STANDARDS SHEET INDEX SHEET REV SHEET NAME DATE DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR AREA OF WORK E1 0 COVER SHEET / INDEX - ELECTRICAL 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR E2 0 EV STATION LAYOUT PLAN 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR E3 0 SCHEDULES 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR E4 0 H-FRAME 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR E5 0 ONE LINE FLOW DIAGRAM 12/20/24 WASHINGTON CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR G1 0 UTILITY DESIGN 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR G2 0 TOPO SURVEY 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR S2 0 GENERAL NOTES - CONCRETE 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION 12/19/24 ISSUED FOR S3 0 CONCRETE STRUCTURAL DETAILS 12/20/24 VICINITY MAP CONSTRUCTION SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: As indicated ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 APPLICANT: SURVEYOR: OWNER: GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/07/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 AVIAT GROUP, LLC CLARK LAND SERVICE A1 GAS & FOOD, LLC EV CHARGING STATION 406-201-6124 719-633-8533 425-346-8427 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 COVER SHEET / INDEX - ELECTRICAL RANDYH@AVIATGROUP.COM INFO@CLARKLS.COM SINGH6463@GMAIL.COM info@jbwconsult.com PO BOX 668, ONALASKA, WA 98570 177 S TIFFANY DRIVE, UNIT PUEBO 2115 116TH ST NE www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED:JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 WEST, CO 81007 TULALIP, WA 98271 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E1 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE STATE ROUTE 530 PROPOSED SIGNAGE EXISTING SHED VACATE STALL WHEN CHARGING 6" COMPLETED USE LAST 6" DESIGNED FOR ACCESSIBILITY APN: 310508 - 003 - 024 - 00 OWNER: RE ARLINGTON LLC 12" SIGN AT ALL STALLS EXISTING GAS STATION EXISTING GAS PUMPS SIGN AT ROAD & DRIVE AISLE PROPERTY LINE APN: 310508 - 003 - 006 - 00 ADDITIONAL SIGN AT ADA STALL OWNER: A1 GAS AND FOOD, LLC REQUIRED BESS SIGNAGE PAINT AND RE-STRIPE PARKING STALLS, TYP. TRASH ENCLOSURE 5'-0" 9'-0" ACCESSIBLE CHARGING STATION 11'-0" TYP. (TYP. OF 3) 3 S3 TYP. CHARGER EV STATION 4 CONC. SLAB EV STATION 3 4 EV STATION 2 UTILITY TRANSFORMER EV STATION 1 S3 4 '- 0 " ADA CHARGER CONC. SLAB ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: TRANSFORMER AND UTILITY FEED BY OTHERS 1 '- NEXUS POWERNODE 8 QUANTITY 1, BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM. C12 C4,C3 C11,C8,C7,C6,C5 3/4 BESS 4'-2 3/4" C13,14,15,16 " 233KWH LITHIUM IRON PHOSPHATE BATTERIES BOLLARDS (TYP) TBD - PENDING UTILITY DESIGN SEE DTL 6/S3 C9 1 2 H-FRAME S3 S3 SEE DTL 5/S3 EXISTING BUISNESS SIGN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER APN: 310508 - 003 -023 -00 OWNER: AHA INVESTMENTS LLC 12/19/24 N SITE PLAN TRUE Charging Stations.rvt SCALE 3/32" = 1'-0" NORTH GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 APPLICANT: SURVEYOR: OWNER: GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/06/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223EV CHARGING STATION AVIAT GROUP, LLC CLARK LAND SERVICE A1 GAS & FOOD, LLC 406-201-6124 719-633-8533 425-346-8427 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 EV STATION LAYOUT PLAN RANDYH@AVIATGROUP.COM INFO@CLARKLS.COM SINGH6463@GMAIL.COM info@jbwconsult.com PO BOX 668, ONALASKA, WA 98570 177 S TIFFANY DRIVE, UNIT PUEBO 2115 116TH ST NE www.jbwconsult.com APPROVED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV WEST, CO 81007 TULALIP, WA 98271 COPYRIGHT 2023 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E2 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE CABLE SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES LENGTH CONDUCTOR CABLE TEMPERATURE SPECIFIED INSULATION VOLTAGE 1. MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE 100% RATED WITH ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS WITH INTEGRAL DIGITAL METERING AND MODBUS TCP COMMUNICATION. CABLE ID FROM TO RACEWAY ID LOAD SIZE (AMPS) (ft) VOLTAGE PHASES MATERIAL FUNCTION NO. OF CONDUCTORS RATING (deg C) CONDUCTOR SIZE INSULATION TYPE RATING 2. NEUTRAL IS USED FOR INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL POWER ONLY. CODE MINIMUM NEUTRAL IS PROVIDED PER NEC 215.2(B) AND 230.42(C). CBL1.1 CT ENCLOSURE MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P C1.1 660 10 480V 3 COPPER POWER 3 400, 1 1/0N, 1 1/0 GRD 90 400 kcmil THHN 600V 3. ALL WIRING INSIDE POWERNODE NEXUS PROVIDED BY ELECTRIC ERA. 4. SPD SHALL BE SIZED BASED ON LOCAL CONDITIONS AND UPSTREAM SERVICE TYPE. CBL1.2 CT ENCLOSURE MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P C1.2 660 10 480V 3 COPPER POWER 3 400, 1 1/0N, 1 1/0 GRD 90 400 kcmil THHN 600V 5. UTILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EFFECTIVE GROUNDING SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN. CBL2 MDP 30A 3P SPD BKR SPD C2 30 10 480V 3 COPPER POWER 3 + GRD 90 10 AWG THHN 600V 6. LOAD IS MANAGED BY AN ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. CURRENT LIMIT AND SUBSEQUENT SERVICE SIZING IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 220.70 AND REFERENCED ARTICLES. CBL3.1 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-1 BKR DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 C3.1 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL3.2 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-1 BKR DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 C3.2 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL4.1 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-2 BKR DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 C4.1 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL4.2 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-2 BKR DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 C4.2 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL5.1 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-3 BKR DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 C5.1 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL5.2 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-3 BKR DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 C5.2 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL6.1 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-4 BKR DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 C6.1 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL6.2 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-4 BKR DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 C6.2 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL7 MDP 20A 2P CP1 BKR POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C7 20 70 480V 2COPPER POWER 2 + 1 GRD 90 10 AWG THHN 600V CBL8 MDP 400AF 200AT 3P PCS DYNAPOWER BKR FSW1 HD SAFETY SWITCH 3P 200A 200AT C8 312 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250, 1 #1 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL9 FSW1 HD SAFETY SWITCH 3P 200A 200AT ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA C9 312 55 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250, 1 #1 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL10 ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA PCS DYNAPOWER MPS 125 125KVA C10 250 40 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250, 1 #1 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL11 MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C11 COMUNICATION 125 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A CBL12 MDP 20A 1 POLE 277V LIGHTING FEED LIGHTED BOLLARDS C12 30 140 277V 1 COPPER POWER 2 + 1 GRD 90 10 AWG THHN 600V CBL13 DCFC-1 200KW POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C13 COMUNICATION 80 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A CBL14 DCFC-2 200KW POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C14 COMUNICATION 70 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A CBL15 DCFC-3 200KW POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C15 COMUNICATION 60 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A CBL16 DCFC-4 200KW POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C16 COMUNICATION 50 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A BILL OF MATERIALS SCHEDULE BOM ID QUANTITY MANUFACTURER SERIES VOLT LUMENS WATTS SIZE / DIMENSIONS MOUNTING FINISH DESCRIPTION 11 EATON DH364URK 600 N/A N/A 27.6" X 16" X 6.14" N/A GRAY 200 AMP - 3 POLE - 600 VOLT NEMA 4, VISIBLE BREAK, FUSED, SAFETY SWITCH 21 EATON CH9526K7 600 N/A 43.1" X 20.4" X 6.49" N/A GRAY Eaton Electrical CH9526K7 600 Amp 3-Phase Aluminum K-Base Meter Socket 31 EATON Eaton 364811 HRTCT 600 N/A 43.1" X 20.4" X 6.49"N/A GRAY CT ENCLOSURE 41 EATON CUTSPD200480Y1N 480 N/A 7.3" X 5.3" X 3.4" N/A GRAY SIDE MOUNT SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE FOR MDP 5350' CANTEX A53BA12 N/A N/A N/A 1 INCH N/A GRAY PVC CONDUIT, SCHEDULE 40, 1 INCH 6320' PRIME CONDUIT INC. 3P N/A N/A N/A 3 INCH N/A GRAY PVC CONDUIT, SCHEDULE 40, 3 INCH 790' PRIME CONDUIT INC. 2P N/A N/A 2 INCH N/A GRAY PVC CONDUIT, SCHEDULE 40, 2 INCH 92 BULLARD BOLLARDS TOTEM 5.11" FLT8 58W 120/277 58 5.11" W 12' TALL BOLT ON GRAY TOTEM BOLLARD, 58 WATTS GREEN,BLUE, ROTO SYMETRICAL 10 8 BULLARD BOLLARDS TOTEM 5.11" FLT8 16W 120/277 16 5.11" W 5' TALL BOLT ON GRAY TOTEM BOLLARD, 16 WATTS ROTO SYMETRICAL CONDUIT SCHEDULE CONDUIT ID CONDUIT SIZE CONDUIT TYPE FROM TO LENGTH C1.1 3" RMC CT ENCLOSURE MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P FIELD ROUTED < 10' C1.2 3" RMC CT ENCLOSURE MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P FIELD ROUTED < 10' C2 1" RMC MDP 30A 3P SPD BKR SPD FIELD ROUTED < 10' C3.1 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-1 BKR DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 50 C3.2 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-1 BKR DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 50 C4.1 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-2 BKR DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 30 C4.2 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-2 BKR DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 30 C5.1 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-3 BKR DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 30 C5.2 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-3 BKR DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 30 C6.1 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-4 BKR DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 50 C6.2 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-4 BKR DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 50 C7 1" SCH 40 PVC MDP 20A 2P CP1 BKR POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 60 C8 2" RMC MDP 400AF 200AT 3P PCS DYNAPOWER BKR FSW1 HD SAFETY SWITCH 3P 200A 200AT FIELD ROUTED < 10' C9 2" SCH 40 PVC FSW1 HD SAFETY SWITCH 3P 200A 200AT ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA 50 C10 2" SCH 40 PVC ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA PCS DYNAPOWER MPS 125 125KVA 35 C11 1" SCH 40 PVC MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 60 C12 1" SCH 40 PVC MDP 30A 1 POLE 277V LIGHTING FEED LIGHTED BOLLARDS 110 C13 1" SCH 40 PVC DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 30 C14 1" SCH 40 PVC DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 45 C15 1" SCH 40 PVC DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 65 C16 1" SCH 40 PVC DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 85 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/06/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 SCHEDULES info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E3 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE SEE STRUCTURAL PACKAGE FOR (N) H-FRAME STRUCTURE SURGE MDP PANEL PROTECTIVE DEVICE METER SOCKET CT ENCLOSURE FSW1 SS ISOLATION TRANSFORMER DISCONNECT NEMA 3R VISIBLE BREAK HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH 3P, 200A, 200AT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT @ H-FRAME SCALE 1" = 1'-0" 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/06/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 H-FRAME info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E4 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE LIGHTED BOLLARDS C12 EV STATION 1 EV STATION 2 EV STATION 3 EV STATION 4 POWERNODE NEXUS BESS LFP BATTERY CATL ENERONE C7 0552280-P CP1 PCS DYNAPOWER 728,832,936 MPS125 233 KWH 125KVA ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA C6 480V DELTA (INVERTER) C5 C4 480V WYE (MDP) C3 NEMA 3R C10 C11 150C TEMP RISE ELECTROSTATIC SHIELD C9 SPD C8 30A, 350A, 350A, 350A, 350A, 20A, 20A, 400AF, 3P 3P 3P 3P 3P 2P 1P 200AT, 400A, 3P 3P M C1 MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P NEMA 3R VISIBLE BREAK HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH CT ENCLOSURE 3P, 200A, 200AT 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE:11/07/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE:12/20/24 ONE LINE FLOW DIAGRAM info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED:JKG DATE:12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E5 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 12/19/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 UTILITY DESIGN info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.G1 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE âœ• 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 12/19/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 TOPO SURVEY info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.G2 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE CONCRETE AND REINFORCING NOTES HANDLING, PLACING & CONCRETE & REINFORCING NOTES 1. DESIGN, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE CONSTRUCTING CONCRETE 1. POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL AND WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: ADHESIVE ANCHORS NOTED ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 1. SUBMITTALS: ALL POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL CONFORM TO AC193 FOR a. ACI 301 â€“SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE A. FIELD CONTROL TEST REPORTS: MAINTAIN AND SUBMIT MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND AC308 FOR ADHESIVE ANCHORS. b. ACI 318-11 â€“BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR RECORD OS QUALITY CONTROL TEST AND INSPECTION REINFORCED CONCRETE REPORTS. 2. USE ONLY CODE APPROVED ANCHORS WITH VALID ICC-ESR c. SP66 â€“ACI DETAILING MANUAL B. PLACEMENT NOTIFICATION: SUBMIT NOTIFICATION OF EVALUATION REPORT FOR USE IN BAS MATERIAL SHOWN ON THE d. CRSI â€“RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR PLACING CONCRETE PLACEMENT AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. REINFORCING STEEL C. REPAIR METHODS: WHEN STAINS, RUST, EFFLORESCENCE, AND SURFACE DEPOSITS MUST BE 3. INSTALLER OF POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL BE TRAINED BY REMOVED AS DESCRIBED IN ACI 301, SUBMIT THE ANCHOR MANUFACTURER. 2. CONCRETE MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST REVISION PROPOSED METHOD OF REMOVAL. OF ACI 318 SPECIFICATIONS AND PROJECT INCLUDING: D. CURING METHOD: IF A MOISTURE-PREVENTING METHOD 4. CLEAN EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACE TO SOLID STRUCTURAL OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED IN ACI 301 IS CONCRETE. GRIND SMOOTH FOR FULL STEEL CONTACT AND TO a. AGGREGATES, PER ASTM C33 PROPOSED, SUBMIT REQUEST FOR ACCEPTANCE OF PREVENT GAPS BETWEEN STEEL AND CONCRETE. b. CEMENT, PER ASTM C150, TYPE I/II, UNLESS NOTED THE PROPOSED METHOD. ALTERNATIVELY, PROVIDE NON-SHRINK GROUT IN ALL VOIDS OTHERWISE E. THE PERIOD FOR PROTECTION AGAINST FREEZING AS BETWEEN STEEL AND BASE MATERIAL. c. DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS, PER A615, GRADE 60 REFERENCE IN ACI 306.1 SECTION 3.4.4 SHALL BE 4 d. WELDED WIRE FABRIC, PER ASTM A185, GRADE 64 DAYS. 5. DRILL SMALLER DIAMETER PILOT HOLE IN EXISTING CONCRETE AND CHECK FOR EXISTING REINFORCING. DO NOT CUT OR 3. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL CONFORM WITH ASTM F-1554, GRADE 55, HOT- 2. FINISHING FORMED SURFACES: DAMAGE EXISTING REINFORCING. DIP GALVANIZED, UNC THREADS, C/W ASTM A563 HEAVY HEX GRADE DH NUTS AND ASTM F436 HARDENED STEEL WASHERS. A. AS CAST FINISHES: 6. IF EXISTING REINFORCEMENT IS FOUND, SHIFT HOLE TO AVOID a. SURFACE FINSISH-1.0 (SF-1.0) (USE EXISTING REINFORCING. SUBMIT LOCATION OF NEW HOLE TO FOR FORMED SURFACES NOT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. 4. CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WITH THE EXPOSED TO VIEW FOLLOWING STRENGTHS AT 28 DAYS: â€¢ PATCH VOIDS 7. INSTALL MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS IN LARGER THAN 1 STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURE'S WRITTEN a. SPREAD FOOTINGS AND PEDESTALS â€“4500 PSI 1/2" WIDE OR 1/2" RECOMMENDATIONS AND PROCEDURE DETAILED IN ICC-ESRV b. SLABS ON GRADE â€“4500 PSI DEEP EVALUATION REPORT. â€¢ REMOVE 5. CONCRETE WORK ON THIS PROJECT SHALL CONFORM TO THE PROJECTIONS 8. ADHESIVE FOR REBAR AND ANCHORS IN CONCRETE HAS BEEN REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 301 SECTIONS 1 THRU 5 AND 11, AND ACI 306.1. LARGER THAN 1" DESIGNED BASED ON CRACKED CONCRETE AND SEISMIC APPLICATIONS AS APPLICABLE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 355.4 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING AND REFERRING TO B. SURFACE TOLERANCE CLASS d AS SPECIFIED IN ACI 117 AND ICC-ES AC308. DESIGN ADHESIVE BOND STRENGTH SHALL BE ACI 301 AND ACI 306.1, AS THE PROVISIONS AND REQUIREMENTS SHALL PERTAIN: BASED ON ACI 355.4 TEMPERATURE CATEGORY A WITH THEREIN, IN ADDITION TO, OR AS MODIFIED BY, THE PROVISIONS AND a. SURFACE FINISH-2.0 (SF-2.0) (USE FOR INSTALLATION INTO DRY HOLES, USING A CARBIDE CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS IN THESE NOTES, ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED INTO FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO THAT HAS BEEN CURED FOR AT LEAST 21 DAYS. THE CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT. VIEW OTHER THAN FLATWORK â€¢ PATCH VOIDS 9. THE FOLLOWING ANCHORS ARE APPROVED. SUBMITTALS FOR 7. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHALL BE LARGER THAN 3/4" ALTERNATIVE EQUAL ANCHORS WILL BE REVIEWED BY VERIFIED BY FIELD SURVEYORS PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT OF WIDE OR 1/2" DEEP STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND APPROVED AT THEIR DISCRETION: CONCRETE. â€¢ REMOVE PROJECTIONS 8. SUBMITTAL REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETING LARGER THAN 1/4" ANCHOR SCHEDULE PROCEDURES FOR COLD-WEATHER CONDITIONS SHALL BE â€¢ PATCH TIE HOLES REQUIRED. â€¢ SURFACE ANCHOR APPROVED REPORT TOLERANCE CLASS BASE MATERIAL TYPE ANCHOR No. 9. REINFORCEMENT SUPPORTS SHALL BE PLASTIC. B AS SPECIFIED IN ACI 117 SCREW 10. CALCIUM CHLORIDE SHALL NOT BE USED IN ANY FORM. ANCHORS 3. FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES: 11. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE BENT COLD. REINFORCEMENT HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ ESR-3027 CONCRETE PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE FIELD BENT FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION NOTESA. FLOAT FINISH UNLESS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ESR-3027 GROUTED MASONRY HOOKS SHALL BE ACI STANDARD HOOKS. 1. REMOVE 8" OF EXISTING FILL BELOW FOUNDATIONS AND a. PLACE, CONSOLIDATE, STRIKE OFF, AND EXPANSION 12. PROVIDE 1â€CHAMFER ON ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE EDGES. REPLACE WITH 3/4" CRUSHED STONE. 3/4" CRUSHED STONELEVEL CONCRETE. ANCHORS SUBGRADE TO BE MOISTURE CONDITIONED AND COMPACTED.b. CUT HIGH SPOTS AND FILL LOW SPOTS. DO HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ ESR-1917 CONCRETE 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT REINFORCEMENT SHOP NOT WORK WITH CONCRETE FURTHER UNTIL IT DRAWINGS TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO 2. BACKFILL AND COMPACTION PROCESSES SHALL BE OBSERVEDIS READY FOR FLOATING. BY A QUALIFIED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE CONCRETE FABRICATION. THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL CLEARLY SHOW c. BEGIN FLOATING WITH A HAND FLOAT, A HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 ESR-2302 REINFORCEMENT LENGTHS AND BENDS, LOCATIONS OF BARS, STATE OF MICHIGAN OR THEIR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVBLADED POWER FLOAT EQUIPPED WITH FLOAT E. (UN CRACKED ONLY) METHODS OF SUPPORT, DETAILS OF PLACEMENT AND PLACEMENT TESTING AND OBSERVATION TO BE AT THE DISCRETION OF SHOES, OR A POWERED DISCK FLOAT WHEN THE OWNER. ADHESIVE COORDINATION WITH FORMWORK, EMBEDMENTS, CONCRETE THE BLEED WATER SHEEN HAS DISAPPEARED ANCHORS VIBRATION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. THE DRAWINGS SHALL ALSO AND THE SURFACE HAS STIFFENED INDICATE OPENINGS, SLEEVES, CURBS AND CONCRETE DIMENSIONS 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHORING AND UNDERPIN ASUFFICIENTLY TO PERMIT OPERATION OF THE S HILTI HIT-HY500 VE ESR-3187 CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315. PROVIDE, AT MINIMUM WALL, COLUMN NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN A SAFE MANNER.SPECIFIC FLOAT APPARATUS. SAFESET AND BEAM ELEVATIONS: WALL, COLUMN AND BEAM SECTIONS, d. PRODUCE A FINISH THAT WILL MEET 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT EXCAVATIONS ARE HILTI HIT-HY70 + ESR-3342 GROUTED MASONRY MATERIAL SCHEDULES, BAR LAP SCHEDULES AND LOCATIONS. TOLERANCE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 117 FOR A DOWN TO COMPETENT SOIL OR BEDROCK AND ARE DRAINED TO HAS/REBAR CONVENTIONAL SURFACE. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL TIE REINFORCING STEEL SECURELY IN PLACE MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE TO THE EXPOSED SOILS. THE HILTI HIT-HY70 + ESR-2682 HOLLOW MASONRY PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE AND PROVIDE SUFFICIENT SUPPORTS EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE SLOPED OR PROPERLY DRAINED TO HAS/REBAR TO MAINTAIN THE POSITION OF REINFORCING WITHIN SPECIFIED THE LOWEST POINT IN ORDER TO COLLECT WATER WHICH SHALL TOLERANCES DURING ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. INSERTING BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY THROUGH A DEWATERING SYSTEM. DOWELS INTO WET CONCRETE IS NOT PERMITTED. NOTE: REFER TO PLAN NOTES, DETAILS AND/OR SCHEDULES FOR 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BACKFILL AS SOON AS REASONABLY DIAMETER OF ANCHOR RODS OR SIZE OF REBAR USED AND THE EMBED 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT POSSIBLE AFTER THE FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK ARE DEPTH REQUIRED FOR POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS. WHEREVER POSSIBLE; USE SPLICE LENGTHS AS NOTED. DOWELS INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER OR THEIR SHALL MATCH THE SIZE AND SPACING OF THE SPECIFIED REPRESENTATIVE. CONCRETE PROPERTIES REINFORCEMENT AND SHALL BE LAPPED WITH TENSION SPLICES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. BACKFILL SHALL ONLY BE PLACED AFTER THE CONCRETE EXPOSURE CLASS: F1 FOUNDATIONS AND STRUCTURE HAVE ACHIEVED THE SPECIFIED 16. HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH DESIGN CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. CEMENT TYPE: 1 THE MINIMUM LAP PER ACI 318 UNLESS DETAILED OR NOTED OTHERWISE. CORNER BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT CHANGES IN 7. ALL THE DENSITY MEASUREMENTS OF FILL SHALL BE MEASURED MAX. SIZE COARSE AGGREGATE: 3/4" WALL DIRECTION (HOWEVER SMALL) AND SHALL BE OF THE SAME ACCORDING TO ITS MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY BY THE MODIFIED SIZE AND SPACING AS THE HORIZONTAL STEEL. EACH CORNER BAR PROCTOR TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D1557. THE DENSITY MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO: 0.45 LEG TO PROVIDE LAP SPLICE PER ACI 318 UNLESS DETAILED OR AND MOISTURE CONTENT OF THE BACKFILL AND FILL MATERIALS SHALL BE MEASURED EVERY 50 LINEAR FEET, 2500 SQUARE AIR ENTRAINMENT: 6.0% +/-1.5% NOTED OTHERWISE. EXTEND HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCING THROUGH PIERS. FEEL, 60 CUBIC YARDS, OR 16 INCHES OF FILL WHICHEVER IS MOST FREQUENT. MIN. 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 4,500 PSI 17. HOOKED BARS SHALL BE STANDARD 90 DEGREE HOOKS PER ACI SLUMP: 3" +/-1" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY PLACE AND COMPACT FILL NEXT TO STRUCTURES WITHOUT USING LARGE EQUIPMENT. THE 18. MINIMUM LAP SPLICE SHALL BE STANDARD 90 DEGREE HOOKS PER FILL SHALL BE ADDED UNIFORMLY ON EACH SIDE OF THE ACI UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. STRUCTURE WITH NO MORE THAN 1 FOOT DIFFERENCE AND CONCRETE PROTECTION FOR COMPACTED PRIOR TO ERECTING ANY EQUIPMENT, 19. APPROVED REBAR COUPLERS MAY BE USED TO AID PLACEMENT OF STRUCTURES, OR MATERIAL SUPPORTED BY THE STRUCTURE. REINFORCEMENT CLEAR CONCRETE DOWELS THROUGH FORMS. MECHANICAL SPLICES SHALL DEVELOP 125% OF THE TENSILE STRENGTH OF THE REBAR. 9. STRUCTURAL FILL: COVER DISTANCES UNO A. STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL BE SAND WITH 100 PERCENT 20. JOINTS TO BE PREPARED AND FILLED WITH JOINT SEALANT SHALL OF ITS PARTICLES PASSING THE 3-INCH SIEVE AND LESS THAN 5 PERCENT OF PARTICLES PASSING THE #200 CONCRETE CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, 0'-3" CONTROL JOINTS, ISOLATION JOINTS, AND ALL INTERFACE POINTS SIEVE. EXPOSED TO EARTH BETWEEN SIMILAR AND DISSIMILAR MEMBERS. SPECIFIC LOCATIONS B. STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL NOT VARY BY MORE THAN 2% MAY BE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR MAY BE REQUIRED BY OF THE OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT IN ACCORDANCE CONCRETE IN CONTACT WITH OR IMMEDIATELY APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, OR MAY OCCUR DUE TO THE WITH ASTM D1557. 0'-2" CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. C. STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL BE PLACED IN MAXIMUM 8- ABOVE OR ADJACENT TO WATER/WASTEWATER INCH LIFTS AND COMPACTED TO 98% OF ITS MAXIMUM 21. PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE TOPPING, MECHANICALLY ROUGHEN, DRY DENSITY, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, IN CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WATER THEN THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND DE-GREASE EXISTING CONCRETE ACCORDANCE WITH MODIFIED PROCTOR TEST ASTM SURFACES. SOAK EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES FOR MINIMUM 12 D1557. #6 THROUGH #11 BARS 0'-2" HOURS. PLACE A CONCRETE-SLURRY OF CEMENT AND WATER WITHIN 1 HOUR OF TOPPING PLACEMENT. #5 AND SMALLER, W31 OR D31 WIRE 0'-2" 22. NON-SHRINK GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C1107. GROUT SHALL CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONTACT WITH GROUND BE PREMIXED, NON-SHRINK, NON-CATALYZED NATURAL AGGREGATE GROUT WITH A MINIMUM 7-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 7,000 PSI SLABS, WALLS AND JOISTS: PLASTIC, 6,000 PSI FLOWABLE, AND 5,000 PSI FLUID CONSISTENCY. 0'-1 1/2" #11 AND LARGER BARS 23. REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHOR RODS AND EMBED PLACEMENT SHALL #10 AND SMALLER BARS 0'-1 1/2" BE INSPECTED, PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 AND CODE REQUIRED SPECIAL BEAMS AND COLUMNS: INSPECTION BY QUALIFIED INSPECTOR PRIOR. THESE INSPECTIONS PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT, TIES, 0'-1 1/2" ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BASIC SERVICES OF THE STRUCTURAL STIRRUPS AND SPIRALS ENGINEER OF RECORD. 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: 12" = 1'-0" ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/07/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 GENERAL NOTES - CONCRETE info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.S2 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE CONCRETE MAT SLAB (2) ANCILLARY RACK ANCHORS MCMASTER- (9) 5/8" WET SET ANCHORS OR EXPANSION BOLTS 5'-3" 5'-3" HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED CAP (TYP PER PIPE) CARR PART 97799A306 2 1/4" DEEP 1'-11" 5" 3" DIA HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PIPE (TYP) 7 1/4" 2'-3 3/4" 1 5/8" GALVANIZED STEEL UNISTRUT FASTEN TO PIPE 1'-10 3/4" W/ GALVANIZED U-BOLTS, WASHERS, & NUTS (TYP) A 2'-9 3/4" 6'-0" S3 1'-3 3/4" 7'-5" SEE PLAN ISOLATION JOINT EXISTING GRADE 2'-6" 6" 2" CLR 5 1/16" TYP 6" #5 BARS @ 12" o.c. BOTH WAYS OC EA WAY, TOP & BTM T/CONCRETE CONCRETE MAT SLAB 6" 1'-5" 2" CLR 2'-0" COMPOUND AGGREGATE 1'-0" 3" 2'-6" 1'-0 1/2" 2'-7" CLR NEW 6" CURB AROUND ADA CHARGER PAD 7'-6" UNDISTURBED EARTH OR UNDISTURBED EARTH OR ADA CHARGER PAD 1'-0" COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL N 1 ENLARGED PLAN @ BESS PAD A SECTION @ BESS PAD B SECTION @ CONCRETE CURB & ADA CHARGER E E2 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" 4'-0" TRU FINISHED GRADE TH 2'-9" NOR 3'-0" 3" CLR 7 1/2" 1'-9" 7 1/2" CONCRETE MAT SLAB 1'-0" TYP 9" CONDUIT TO TERMINATE AT DISCONNECT C 5 DETAIL SECTION @ H-FRAME S3 SEE PLAN GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO BOLT TYPE CONNECTION DEVICE OR EXOTHERMIC WELD SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" MAIN PANEL 4'-0" 2'-6" 2" CLR 6" TYP GROUNDING ELECTRODE #5 BARS @ 12" OC EA WAY, TOP & BTM NON-METALIC PMO SLEEV T/CONCRETE CONCRETE MAT SLAB CONCRETE FOUNDATION 2" CLR 9" 1'-0" 3" (4) 5/8" WET SET ANCHORS CLR OR EXPANSION BOLTS UNDISTURBED EARTH OR 3" MIN COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL N #4 AWG OR LARGER BARE COPPER 2 ENLARGED PLAN @ XFORMER PAD C SECTION @ XFORMER PAD CONDUCTOR OR STEEL REINFORCING BAR OR BRANDED BOLLARD BY OTHERS ROD NOT LESS THAN 1/2 INCH DIAMETER E2 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" E TRU TH NOR 20" D S3 EXISTING CURB (2) WHITE BOLLARDS ON DIRECT CONTACT WITH EARTH MIN 5" 5'-6" 5" EACH CHARGING PAD. 5'-0" APART CABLE CONDUIT F ELECTRODE GROUNDING DETAIL SEE PLAN SCALE NTS 12'-0" 5" ISOLATION JOINT #5 BARS @ 12" OC EA WAY, TOP & BTM 2" CLR EXISTING CURB TYP 10" MIN. 1'-3 3/4" 3'-5" 2" CLR 6" SETBACK FROM CURB 1'-0" * *JOINT THICKNESS: 3" 6" 3/4" MIN AT FOUNDATIONS, UNO CLR 1/2" MIN AT SLABS NOTE 1 (4) 5/8" WET SET ANCHORS 6'-4" OR EXPANSION BOLTS - SEE UNDISTURBED EARTH OR NOTE 2 GRADE CHARGER DWGS COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL 3/4" CHAMFER ALL AROUND N 3 ENLARGED PLAN @ CHARGER PAD D SECTION @ CHARGER PAD T/ PIER E2 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" 3" 2" CLR TRUE (3) #4 HOOPS @ 2" OC TH NOR CONCRETE FOOTING USING SONOTUBE FORMS NOTE 3 7'-0" SET CONDUIT 24" BELOW SUB-GRADE, NOTES: NOTE 4 SEE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE (2) WHITE BOLLARDS ON 7 3/4" 5'-8 1/2" 7 3/4" NEW CURB. 1. 1/4" CONTROL JOINT. SECTION 2. TOOLED EDGE 5'-9" 3. NEOPRENE ROD : DIA = JOINT THICKNESS +1/8" 1'-0" 5'-0" 1'-0" EXISTING CURB 4. PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER NAILED OR GLUED TO CONCRETE FACE OF FIRST POUR. (8) #5'S EVENLY SPACED 10" SEE PLAN 7 ISOLATION JOINT (5) #4 HOOPS @ 12" OC CABLE CONDUIT SCALE NTS 2" THICK HOUSEKEEPING PAD SEE PLAN E 3" CLEAR BOTTOM AND SIDES 2" THICK HOUSEKEEPING PAD S3 1'-2" 4'-1" 3'-0" #5 BARS @ 12" OC EA WAY TOP & BTM DIA. NEW CURB BUILT AROUND CHARGER PAD EXISTING GRADE OF PARKING LOT 2" CLR SECTION F-F B TYP S3 2" CLR ANCHOR BOLT LOCATIONS AND 3 1/4" (4) 5/8" WET SET ANCHORS 1'-0" DIMENSIONS DETERMINED BY 6" OR EXPANSION BOLTS - SEE 3" CLR BOLLARD MFR - SET ANCHOR BOLTS CHARGER DWGS F F AND CONDUITS WITH MFR'S 1'-3 3/4" 2'-4 1/2" 1'-3 3/4" TEMPLATE ONLY UNDISTURBED EARTH OR 1'-2" N COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL 4 ENLARGED PLAN @ ADA CHARGER PAD E ADA CHARGER PAD SECTION DIA. E E2 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" TRU TH NOR PLAN 12/19/24 6 BRANDED BOLLARD SONO TUBE SCALE NTS Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: As indicated ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/06/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 CONCRETE STRUCTURAL DETAILS info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.S3 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE ARLINGTON FUEL MART NATIONAL CODES AND STANDARDS: 1. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) EV CHARGING STATIONS -ARTICLE 625 -ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM -ARTICLE 706 -ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS -ARTICLE 708 -CRITICAL OPERATIONS POWER SYSTEMS JBW PROJECT #: 24129 -ARTICLE 705 -INTERCONNECTED ELECTRIC POWER PRODUCTION SOURCES 2. NFPA STANDARDS ARLINGTON, WA - USA -NFPA 855 - INSTALLATION OF STATIONARY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS -NFPA 111 - STORED ELECTRICAL ENERGY EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS -NFPA 1 -FIRE CODE ELECTRICAL/STRUCTURAL 3. BUILDING CODES -INTERNATION BUILDING CODE (IBC) PACKAGE -INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) -INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE (IECC) 4. UL STANDARDS -UL2202 -EV CHARGING SYSTEM EQUIPMENT -UL2231 -PERSONNEL PROTECTION SYSTEMS FOR EV SUPPLY CIRCUITS -UL9540 -ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT -UL9540A -THERMAL RUNAWAY FIRE PROPAGATION TESTING STATE CODES: 1. WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (WAC 51-50) 2. WASHINGTON STATE ELECTRICAL CODE (WAC 296-46B) 3. WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (WAC 51-11C) 4. WASHINGTON STATE FIRE CODE (WAC 51-54A) PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT: A1 GAS -LEVEL 3 CHARGING STATION LOCAL CODES: FILE NO.: PLN1277 1. ARLINGTON MUNICIPAL CODE SECTION, TOWNSHIP, RANGE: NW1/4 OF THE SW1/4 OF SECTION 08, TOWNSHIP 31 NORTH, -CHAPTER20.38 -AIRPORT PROTECTION RANGE 05 EAST WILLIAMETTE PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN, WASHINGTON -CHAPTER20.40 -LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS -CHAPTER20.44 -DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS ZONING CLASSIFICATION: "HC" HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL -CHAPTER20.56 -OFF-STREET PARKING AIRPORT PROTECTION DISTRICT SUBDISTRICT: ARLINGTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT PROTECTION DISTRICT -CHAPTER20.76 -ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION USE CLASSIFICTATION: ELECTRIC VEHICLE INFRASTRUCTURE 2. ARLINGTON DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS TAX PARCEL ID NUMBER: 31050800300600 -TRANSPORTATION STANDARDS SCREENING TYPES PROVIDED: NO SCREENING AT THIS TIME -UTILITY STANDARDS UTILITY PROVIDER: ELECTRICAL -SNOHOMISH PUD -STORMWATER MANAGEMENT STANDARDS SHORELINE CLASSIFICATION: NOT IN A SHORELINE MANAGEMENT AREA UNITED STATES FEMA FLOOD ZONE DESIGNATION: IN ZONE X AND ZONE AE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: 1. ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN SCOPE OF WORK: 8 STALL LEVEL 3 CHARGING STATION WITH ONE ADA ACCESSIBLE 2. WASHINGTON STATE ACCESSIBILTIY STANDARDS (WAC 51-50) STALL AND 233KWH LOAD MANAGED BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SNOHOMISH SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTAL: COUNTY 1. SEPA REQUIREMENTS (WAC 197-11) 2. SNOHOMISH COUNTY CRITICAL AREAS OF REGULATIONS 3. CITY OF ARLINGTON ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS UTILITY REQUIREMENTS: 1.SNOHOMISH COUNTY PUD STANDARDS SHEET INDEX SHEET REV SHEET NAME DATE DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR AREA OF WORK E1 0 COVER SHEET / INDEX - ELECTRICAL 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR E2 0 EV STATION LAYOUT PLAN 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR E3 0 SCHEDULES 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR E4 0 H-FRAME 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR E5 0 ONE LINE FLOW DIAGRAM 12/20/24 WASHINGTON CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR G1 0 UTILITY DESIGN 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR G2 0 TOPO SURVEY 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR S2 0 GENERAL NOTES - CONCRETE 12/20/24 CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR 12/19/24 S3 0 CONCRETE STRUCTURAL DETAILS 12/20/24 VICINITY MAP CONSTRUCTION SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: As indicated ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 APPLICANT: SURVEYOR: OWNER: GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/07/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 AVIAT GROUP, LLC CLARK LAND SERVICE A1 GAS & FOOD, LLC EV CHARGING STATION 406-201-6124 719-633-8533 425-346-8427 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 COVER SHEET / INDEX - ELECTRICAL RANDYH@AVIATGROUP.COM INFO@CLARKLS.COM SINGH6463@GMAIL.COM info@jbwconsult.com PO BOX 668, ONALASKA, WA 98570 177 S TIFFANY DRIVE, UNIT PUEBO 2115 116TH ST NE www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 WEST, CO 81007 TULALIP, WA 98271 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E1 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE STATE ROUTE 530 PROPOSED SIGNAGE EXISTING SHED VACATE STALL WHEN CHARGING 6" COMPLETED USE LAST 6" DESIGNED FOR ACCESSIBILITY APN: 310508 - 003 - 024 - 00 OWNER: RE ARLINGTON LLC 12" SIGN AT ALL STALLS EXISTING GAS STATION EXISTING GAS PUMPS SIGN AT ROAD & DRIVE AISLE PROPERTY LINE APN: 310508 - 003 - 006 - 00 ADDITIONAL SIGN AT ADA STALL OWNER: A1 GAS AND FOOD, LLC REQUIRED BESS SIGNAGE PAINT AND RE-STRIPE PARKING STALLS, TYP. TRASH ENCLOSURE 5'-0" 9'-0" ACCESSIBLE CHARGING STATION 11'-0" TYP. (TYP. OF 3) 3 S3 TYP. CHARGER EV STATION 4 CONC. SLAB EV STATION 3 4 EV STATION 2 UTILITY TRANSFORMER EV STATION 1 S3 4 '- 0 " ADA CHARGER CONC. SLAB ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: TRANSFORMER AND UTILITY FEED BY OTHERS 1 '- NEXUS POWERNODE 8 QUANTITY 1, BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM. C12 C4,C3 C11,C8,C7,C6,C5 3/4 BESS 4'-2 3/4" C13,14,15,16 " 233KWH LITHIUM IRON PHOSPHATE BATTERIES BOLLARDS (TYP) TBD - PENDING UTILITY DESIGN SEE DTL 6/S3 C9 1 2 H-FRAME S3 S3 SEE DTL 5/S3 EXISTING BUISNESS SIGN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER APN: 310508 - 003 -023 -00 OWNER: AHA INVESTMENTS LLC 12/19/24 N SITE PLAN TRUE Charging Stations.rvt SCALE 3/32" = 1'-0" NORTH GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: 3/32" = 1'-0" TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 APPLICANT: SURVEYOR: OWNER: GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/06/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 AVIAT GROUP, LLC CLARK LAND SERVICE A1 GAS & FOOD, LLC EV CHARGING STATION 406-201-6124 719-633-8533 425-346-8427 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 EV STATION LAYOUT PLAN RANDYH@AVIATGROUP.COM INFO@CLARKLS.COM SINGH6463@GMAIL.COM info@jbwconsult.com PO BOX 668, ONALASKA, WA 98570 177 S TIFFANY DRIVE, UNIT PUEBO 2115 116TH ST NE www.jbwconsult.com APPROVED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV WEST, CO 81007 TULALIP, WA 98271 COPYRIGHT 2023 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E2 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE CABLE SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES LENGTH CONDUCTOR CABLE TEMPERATURE SPECIFIED INSULATION VOLTAGE 1. MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE 100% RATED WITH ELECTRONIC TRIP UNITS WITH INTEGRAL DIGITAL METERING AND MODBUS TCP COMMUNICATION. CABLE ID FROM TO RACEWAY ID LOAD SIZE (AMPS) (ft) VOLTAGE PHASES MATERIAL FUNCTION NO. OF CONDUCTORS RATING (deg C) CONDUCTOR SIZE INSULATION TYPE RATING 2. NEUTRAL IS USED FOR INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL POWER ONLY. CODE MINIMUM NEUTRAL IS PROVIDED PER NEC 215.2(B) AND 230.42(C). CBL1.1 CT ENCLOSURE MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P C1.1 660 10 480V 3 COPPER POWER 3 400, 1 1/0N, 1 1/0 GRD 90 400 kcmil THHN 600V 3. ALL WIRING INSIDE POWERNODE NEXUS PROVIDED BY ELECTRIC ERA. 4. SPD SHALL BE SIZED BASED ON LOCAL CONDITIONS AND UPSTREAM SERVICE TYPE. CBL1.2 CT ENCLOSURE MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P C1.2 660 10 480V 3 COPPER POWER 3 400, 1 1/0N, 1 1/0 GRD 90 400 kcmil THHN 600V 5. UTILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR EFFECTIVE GROUNDING SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE SITE SPECIFIC DESIGN. CBL2 MDP 30A 3P SPD BKR SPD C2 30 10 480V 3 COPPER POWER 3 + GRD 90 10 AWG THHN 600V 6. LOAD IS MANAGED BY AN ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. CURRENT LIMIT AND SUBSEQUENT SERVICE SIZING IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 220.70 AND REFERENCED ARTICLES. CBL3.1 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-1 BKR DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 C3.1 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL3.2 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-1 BKR DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 C3.2 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL4.1 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-2 BKR DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 C4.1 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL4.2 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-2 BKR DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 C4.2 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL5.1 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-3 BKR DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 C5.1 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL5.2 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-3 BKR DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 C5.2 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL6.1 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-4 BKR DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 C6.1 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL6.2 MPD 350A 3P DCFC-4 BKR DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 C6.2 338 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250KCML, 1 1/0 N, 1 #3 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL7 MDP 20A 2P CP1 BKR POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C7 20 70 480V 2 COPPER POWER 2 + 1 GRD 90 10 AWG THHN 600V CBL8 MDP 400AF 200AT 3P PCS DYNAPOWER BKR FSW1 HD SAFETY SWITCH 3P 200A 200AT C8 312 20 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250, 1 #1 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL9 FSW1 HD SAFETY SWITCH 3P 200A 200AT ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA C9 312 55 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250, 1 #1 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL10 ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA PCS DYNAPOWER MPS 125 125KVA C10 250 40 480V 3 ALUMINUM POWER 3 250, 1 #1 GRD 90 250 kcmil THHN 600V CBL11 MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C11 COMUNICATION 125 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A CBL12 MDP 20A 1 POLE 277V LIGHTING FEED LIGHTED BOLLARDS C12 30 140 277V 1 COPPER POWER 2 + 1 GRD 90 10 AWG THHN 600V CBL13 DCFC-1 200KW POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C13 COMUNICATION 80 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A CBL14 DCFC-2 200KW POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C14 COMUNICATION 70 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A CBL15 DCFC-3 200KW POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C15 COMUNICATION 60 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A CBL16 DCFC-4 200KW POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 C16 COMUNICATION 50 0-24 VDC 1 COPPER COMMUNICATION CAT6 90 CAT 6 SHIELDED PVC N/A BILL OF MATERIALS SCHEDULE BOM ID QUANTITY MANUFACTURER SERIES VOLT LUMENS WATTS SIZE / DIMENSIONS MOUNTING FINISH DESCRIPTION 1 1 EATON DH364URK 600 N/A N/A 27.6" X 16" X 6.14" N/A GRAY 200 AMP - 3 POLE - 600 VOLT NEMA 4, VISIBLE BREAK, FUSED, SAFETY SWITCH 2 1 EATON CH9526K7 600 N/A 43.1" X 20.4" X 6.49" N/A GRAY Eaton Electrical CH9526K7 600 Amp 3-Phase Aluminum K-Base Meter Socket 3 1 EATON Eaton 364811 HRTCT 600 N/A 43.1" X 20.4" X 6.49" N/A GRAY CT ENCLOSURE 4 1 EATON CUTSPD200480Y1N 480 N/A 7.3" X 5.3" X 3.4" N/A GRAY SIDE MOUNT SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE FOR MDP 5 350' CANTEX A53BA12 N/A N/A N/A 1 INCH N/A GRAY PVC CONDUIT, SCHEDULE 40, 1 INCH 6 320' PRIME CONDUIT INC. 3P N/A N/A N/A 3 INCH N/A GRAY PVC CONDUIT, SCHEDULE 40, 3 INCH 7 90' PRIME CONDUIT INC. 2P N/A N/A 2 INCH N/A GRAY PVC CONDUIT, SCHEDULE 40, 2 INCH 9 2 BULLARD BOLLARDS TOTEM 5.11" FLT8 58W 120/277 58 5.11" W 12' TALL BOLT ON GRAY TOTEM BOLLARD, 58 WATTS GREEN,BLUE, ROTO SYMETRICAL 10 8 BULLARD BOLLARDS TOTEM 5.11" FLT8 16W 120/277 16 5.11" W 5' TALL BOLT ON GRAY TOTEM BOLLARD, 16 WATTS ROTO SYMETRICAL CONDUIT SCHEDULE CONDUIT ID CONDUIT SIZE CONDUIT TYPE FROM TO LENGTH C1.1 3" RMC CT ENCLOSURE MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P FIELD ROUTED < 10' C1.2 3" RMC CT ENCLOSURE MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P FIELD ROUTED < 10' C2 1" RMC MDP 30A 3P SPD BKR SPD FIELD ROUTED < 10' C3.1 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-1 BKR DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 50 C3.2 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-1 BKR DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 50 C4.1 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-2 BKR DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 30 C4.2 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-2 BKR DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 30 C5.1 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-3 BKR DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 30 C5.2 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-3 BKR DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 30 C6.1 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-4 BKR DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 50 C6.2 3" SCH 40 PVC MPD 350A 3P DCFC-4 BKR DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 50 C7 1" SCH 40 PVC MDP 20A 2P CP1 BKR POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 60 C8 2" RMC MDP 400AF 200AT 3P PCS DYNAPOWER BKR FSW1 HD SAFETY SWITCH 3P 200A 200AT FIELD ROUTED < 10' C9 2" SCH 40 PVC FSW1 HD SAFETY SWITCH 3P 200A 200AT ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA 50 C10 2" SCH 40 PVC ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA PCS DYNAPOWER MPS 125 125KVA 35 C11 1" SCH 40 PVC MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 60 C12 1" SCH 40 PVC MDP 30A 1 POLE 277V LIGHTING FEED LIGHTED BOLLARDS 110 C13 1" SCH 40 PVC DCFC-1 200KW EV STATION 1 POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 30 C14 1" SCH 40 PVC DCFC-2 200KW EV STATION 2 POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 45 C15 1" SCH 40 PVC DCFC-3 200KW EV STATION 3 POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 65 C16 1" SCH 40 PVC DCFC-4 200KW EV STATION 4 POWERNODE NEXUS CP1 85 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/06/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 SCHEDULES info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E3 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE SEE STRUCTURAL PACKAGE FOR (N) H-FRAME STRUCTURE SURGE MDP PANEL PROTECTIVE DEVICE METER SOCKET CT ENCLOSURE FSW1 SS ISOLATION TRANSFORMER DISCONNECT NEMA 3R VISIBLE BREAK HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH 3P, 200A, 200AT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT @ H-FRAME SCALE 1" = 1'-0" 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: 1" = 1'-0" TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/06/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 H-FRAME info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E4 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE LIGHTED BOLLARDS C12 EV STATION 1 EV STATION 2 EV STATION 3 EV STATION 4 POWERNODE NEXUS BESS LFP BATTERY CATL ENERONE C7 0552280-P CP1 PCS DYNAPOWER 728,832,936 MPS125 233 KWH 125KVA ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 150 KVA C6 480V DELTA (INVERTER) C5 480V WYE (MDP) C4 C3 NEMA 3R C10 C11 150C TEMP RISE ELECTROSTATIC SHIELD C9 SPD C8 30A, 350A, 350A, 350A, 350A, 20A, 20A, 400AF, 3P 3P 3P 3P 3P 2P 1P 200AT, 400A, 3P 3P M C1 MDP 480/277 MAIN 400A 3P NEMA 3R VISIBLE BREAK HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH CT ENCLOSURE 3P, 200A, 200AT 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: 3/4" = 1'-0" TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/07/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 ONE LINE FLOW DIAGRAM info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: JKG DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.E5 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 12/19/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 UTILITY DESIGN info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.G1 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 12/19/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 TOPO SURVEY info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.G2 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE CONCRETE AND REINFORCING NOTES HANDLING, PLACING & CONCRETE & REINFORCING NOTES 1. DESIGN, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE CONSTRUCTING CONCRETE 1. POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL AND WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: ADHESIVE ANCHORS NOTED ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 1. SUBMITTALS: ALL POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL CONFORM TO AC193 FOR a. ACI 301 â€“SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE A. FIELD CONTROL TEST REPORTS: MAINTAIN AND SUBMIT MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND AC308 FOR ADHESIVE ANCHORS. b. ACI 318-11 â€“BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR RECORD OS QUALITY CONTROL TEST AND INSPECTION REINFORCED CONCRETE REPORTS. 2. USE ONLY CODE APPROVED ANCHORS WITH VALID ICC-ESR c. SP66 â€“ACI DETAILING MANUAL B. PLACEMENT NOTIFICATION: SUBMIT NOTIFICATION OF EVALUATION REPORT FOR USE IN BAS MATERIAL SHOWN ON THE d. CRSI â€“RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR PLACING CONCRETE PLACEMENT AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. REINFORCING STEEL C. REPAIR METHODS: WHEN STAINS, RUST, EFFLORESCENCE, AND SURFACE DEPOSITS MUST BE 3. INSTALLER OF POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL BE TRAINED BY REMOVED AS DESCRIBED IN ACI 301, SUBMIT THE ANCHOR MANUFACTURER. 2. CONCRETE MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST REVISION PROPOSED METHOD OF REMOVAL. OF ACI 318 SPECIFICATIONS AND PROJECT INCLUDING: D. CURING METHOD: IF A MOISTURE-PREVENTING METHOD 4. CLEAN EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACE TO SOLID STRUCTURAL OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED IN ACI 301 IS CONCRETE. GRIND SMOOTH FOR FULL STEEL CONTACT AND TO a. AGGREGATES, PER ASTM C33 PROPOSED, SUBMIT REQUEST FOR ACCEPTANCE OF PREVENT GAPS BETWEEN STEEL AND CONCRETE. b. CEMENT, PER ASTM C150, TYPE I/II, UNLESS NOTED THE PROPOSED METHOD. ALTERNATIVELY, PROVIDE NON-SHRINK GROUT IN ALL VOIDS OTHERWISE E. THE PERIOD FOR PROTECTION AGAINST FREEZING AS BETWEEN STEEL AND BASE MATERIAL. c. DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS, PER A615, GRADE 60 REFERENCE IN ACI 306.1 SECTION 3.4.4 SHALL BE 4 d. WELDED WIRE FABRIC, PER ASTM A185, GRADE 64 DAYS. 5. DRILL SMALLER DIAMETER PILOT HOLE IN EXISTING CONCRETE AND CHECK FOR EXISTING REINFORCING. DO NOT CUT OR 3. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL CONFORM WITH ASTM F-1554, GRADE 55, HOT- 2. FINISHING FORMED SURFACES: DAMAGE EXISTING REINFORCING. DIP GALVANIZED, UNC THREADS, C/W ASTM A563 HEAVY HEX GRADE DH NUTS AND ASTM F436 HARDENED STEEL WASHERS. A. AS CAST FINISHES: 6. IF EXISTING REINFORCEMENT IS FOUND, SHIFT HOLE TO AVOID a. SURFACE FINSISH-1.0 (SF-1.0) (USE EXISTING REINFORCING. SUBMIT LOCATION OF NEW HOLE TO FOR FORMED SURFACES NOT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. 4. CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WITH THE EXPOSED TO VIEW FOLLOWING STRENGTHS AT 28 DAYS: â€¢ PATCH VOIDS 7. INSTALL MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS IN LARGER THAN 1 STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURE'S WRITTEN a. SPREAD FOOTINGS AND PEDESTALS â€“4500 PSI 1/2" WIDE OR 1/2" RECOMMENDATIONS AND PROCEDURE DETAILED IN ICC-ESRV b. SLABS ON GRADE â€“4500 PSI DEEP EVALUATION REPORT. â€¢ REMOVE 5. CONCRETE WORK ON THIS PROJECT SHALL CONFORM TO THE PROJECTIONS 8. ADHESIVE FOR REBAR AND ANCHORS IN CONCRETE HAS BEEN REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 301 SECTIONS 1 THRU 5 AND 11, AND ACI 306.1. LARGER THAN 1" DESIGNED BASED ON CRACKED CONCRETE AND SEISMIC APPLICATIONS AS APPLICABLE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 355.4 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING AND REFERRING TO B. SURFACE TOLERANCE CLASS d AS SPECIFIED IN ACI 117 AND ICC-ES AC308. DESIGN ADHESIVE BOND STRENGTH SHALL BE ACI 301 AND ACI 306.1, AS THE PROVISIONS AND REQUIREMENTS SHALL PERTAIN: BASED ON ACI 355.4 TEMPERATURE CATEGORY A WITH THEREIN, IN ADDITION TO, OR AS MODIFIED BY, THE PROVISIONS AND a. SURFACE FINISH-2.0 (SF-2.0) (USE FOR INSTALLATION INTO DRY HOLES, USING A CARBIDE CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS IN THESE NOTES, ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED INTO FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO THAT HAS BEEN CURED FOR AT LEAST 21 DAYS. THE CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT. VIEW OTHER THAN FLATWORK â€¢ PATCH VOIDS 9. THE FOLLOWING ANCHORS ARE APPROVED. SUBMITTALS FOR 7. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHALL BE LARGER THAN 3/4" ALTERNATIVE EQUAL ANCHORS WILL BE REVIEWED BY VERIFIED BY FIELD SURVEYORS PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT OF WIDE OR 1/2" DEEP STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND APPROVED AT THEIR DISCRETION: CONCRETE. â€¢ REMOVE PROJECTIONS 8. SUBMITTAL REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETING LARGER THAN 1/4" ANCHOR SCHEDULE PROCEDURES FOR COLD-WEATHER CONDITIONS SHALL BE â€¢ PATCH TIE HOLES REQUIRED. â€¢ SURFACE ANCHOR APPROVED REPORT TOLERANCE CLASS BASE MATERIAL TYPE ANCHOR No. 9. REINFORCEMENT SUPPORTS SHALL BE PLASTIC. B AS SPECIFIED IN ACI 117 SCREW 10. CALCIUM CHLORIDE SHALL NOT BE USED IN ANY FORM. ANCHORS 3. FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES: 11. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE BENT COLD. REINFORCEMENT HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ ESR-3027 CONCRETE PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE FIELD BENT FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION NOTESA. FLOAT FINISH UNLESS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ESR-3027 GROUTED MASONRY HOOKS SHALL BE ACI STANDARD HOOKS. 1. REMOVE 8" OF EXISTING FILL BELOW FOUNDATIONS AND a. PLACE, CONSOLIDATE, STRIKE OFF, AND EXPANSION 12. PROVIDE 1â€CHAMFER ON ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE EDGES. REPLACE WITH 3/4" CRUSHED STONE. 3/4" CRUSHED STONELEVEL CONCRETE. ANCHORS SUBGRADE TO BE MOISTURE CONDITIONED AND COMPACTED.b. CUT HIGH SPOTS AND FILL LOW SPOTS. DO HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ ESR-1917 CONCRETE 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT REINFORCEMENT SHOP NOT WORK WITH CONCRETE FURTHER UNTIL IT DRAWINGS TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO 2. BACKFILL AND COMPACTION PROCESSES SHALL BE OBSERVEDIS READY FOR FLOATING. BY A QUALIFIED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE CONCRETE FABRICATION. THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL CLEARLY SHOW c. BEGIN FLOATING WITH A HAND FLOAT, A HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 ESR-2302 REINFORCEMENT LENGTHS AND BENDS, LOCATIONS OF BARS, STATE OF MICHIGAN OR THEIR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVBLADED POWER FLOAT EQUIPPED WITH FLOAT E. (UN CRACKED ONLY) METHODS OF SUPPORT, DETAILS OF PLACEMENT AND PLACEMENT TESTING AND OBSERVATION TO BE AT THE DISCRETION OF SHOES, OR A POWERED DISCK FLOAT WHEN THE OWNER. ADHESIVE COORDINATION WITH FORMWORK, EMBEDMENTS, CONCRETE THE BLEED WATER SHEEN HAS DISAPPEARED ANCHORS VIBRATION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. THE DRAWINGS SHALL ALSO AND THE SURFACE HAS STIFFENED INDICATE OPENINGS, SLEEVES, CURBS AND CONCRETE DIMENSIONS 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHORING AND UNDERPIN ASUFFICIENTLY TO PERMIT OPERATION OF THE S HILTI HIT-HY500 VE ESR-3187 CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315. PROVIDE, AT MINIMUM WALL, COLUMN NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN A SAFE MANNER.SPECIFIC FLOAT APPARATUS. SAFESET AND BEAM ELEVATIONS: WALL, COLUMN AND BEAM SECTIONS, d. PRODUCE A FINISH THAT WILL MEET 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT EXCAVATIONS ARE HILTI HIT-HY70 + ESR-3342 GROUTED MASONRY MATERIAL SCHEDULES, BAR LAP SCHEDULES AND LOCATIONS. TOLERANCE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 117 FOR A DOWN TO COMPETENT SOIL OR BEDROCK AND ARE DRAINED TO HAS/REBAR CONVENTIONAL SURFACE. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL TIE REINFORCING STEEL SECURELY IN PLACE MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE TO THE EXPOSED SOILS. THE HILTI HIT-HY70 + ESR-2682 HOLLOW MASONRY PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE AND PROVIDE SUFFICIENT SUPPORTS EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE SLOPED OR PROPERLY DRAINED TO HAS/REBAR TO MAINTAIN THE POSITION OF REINFORCING WITHIN SPECIFIED THE LOWEST POINT IN ORDER TO COLLECT WATER WHICH SHALL TOLERANCES DURING ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. INSERTING BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY THROUGH A DEWATERING SYSTEM. DOWELS INTO WET CONCRETE IS NOT PERMITTED. NOTE: REFER TO PLAN NOTES, DETAILS AND/OR SCHEDULES FOR 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BACKFILL AS SOON AS REASONABLY DIAMETER OF ANCHOR RODS OR SIZE OF REBAR USED AND THE EMBED 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT POSSIBLE AFTER THE FOUNDATION AND ASSOCIATED WORK ARE DEPTH REQUIRED FOR POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS. WHEREVER POSSIBLE; USE SPLICE LENGTHS AS NOTED. DOWELS INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER OR THEIR SHALL MATCH THE SIZE AND SPACING OF THE SPECIFIED REPRESENTATIVE. CONCRETE PROPERTIES REINFORCEMENT AND SHALL BE LAPPED WITH TENSION SPLICES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. BACKFILL SHALL ONLY BE PLACED AFTER THE CONCRETE EXPOSURE CLASS: F1 FOUNDATIONS AND STRUCTURE HAVE ACHIEVED THE SPECIFIED 16. HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH DESIGN CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. CEMENT TYPE: 1 THE MINIMUM LAP PER ACI 318 UNLESS DETAILED OR NOTED OTHERWISE. CORNER BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT CHANGES IN 7. ALL THE DENSITY MEASUREMENTS OF FILL SHALL BE MEASURED MAX. SIZE COARSE AGGREGATE: 3/4" WALL DIRECTION (HOWEVER SMALL) AND SHALL BE OF THE SAME ACCORDING TO ITS MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY BY THE MODIFIED SIZE AND SPACING AS THE HORIZONTAL STEEL. EACH CORNER BAR PROCTOR TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D1557. THE DENSITY MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO: 0.45 LEG TO PROVIDE LAP SPLICE PER ACI 318 UNLESS DETAILED OR AND MOISTURE CONTENT OF THE BACKFILL AND FILL MATERIALS SHALL BE MEASURED EVERY 50 LINEAR FEET, 2500 SQUARE AIR ENTRAINMENT: 6.0% +/-1.5% NOTED OTHERWISE. EXTEND HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCING THROUGH PIERS. FEEL, 60 CUBIC YARDS, OR 16 INCHES OF FILL WHICHEVER IS MOST FREQUENT. MIN. 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 4,500 PSI 17. HOOKED BARS SHALL BE STANDARD 90 DEGREE HOOKS PER ACI SLUMP: 3" +/-1" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY PLACE AND COMPACT FILL NEXT TO STRUCTURES WITHOUT USING LARGE EQUIPMENT. THE 18. MINIMUM LAP SPLICE SHALL BE STANDARD 90 DEGREE HOOKS PER FILL SHALL BE ADDED UNIFORMLY ON EACH SIDE OF THE ACI UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. STRUCTURE WITH NO MORE THAN 1 FOOT DIFFERENCE AND CONCRETE PROTECTION FOR COMPACTED PRIOR TO ERECTING ANY EQUIPMENT, 19. APPROVED REBAR COUPLERS MAY BE USED TO AID PLACEMENT OF STRUCTURES, OR MATERIAL SUPPORTED BY THE STRUCTURE. REINFORCEMENT CLEAR CONCRETE DOWELS THROUGH FORMS. MECHANICAL SPLICES SHALL DEVELOP 125% OF THE TENSILE STRENGTH OF THE REBAR. 9. STRUCTURAL FILL: COVER DISTANCES UNO A. STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL BE SAND WITH 100 PERCENT 20. JOINTS TO BE PREPARED AND FILLED WITH JOINT SEALANT SHALL OF ITS PARTICLES PASSING THE 3-INCH SIEVE AND LESS THAN 5 PERCENT OF PARTICLES PASSING THE #200 CONCRETE CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, 0'-3" CONTROL JOINTS, ISOLATION JOINTS, AND ALL INTERFACE POINTS SIEVE. EXPOSED TO EARTH BETWEEN SIMILAR AND DISSIMILAR MEMBERS. SPECIFIC LOCATIONS B. STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL NOT VARY BY MORE THAN 2% MAY BE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR MAY BE REQUIRED BY OF THE OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT IN ACCORDANCE CONCRETE IN CONTACT WITH OR IMMEDIATELY APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, OR MAY OCCUR DUE TO THE WITH ASTM D1557. 0'-2" CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. C. STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL BE PLACED IN MAXIMUM 8- ABOVE OR ADJACENT TO WATER/WASTEWATER INCH LIFTS AND COMPACTED TO 98% OF ITS MAXIMUM 21. PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE TOPPING, MECHANICALLY ROUGHEN, DRY DENSITY, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, IN CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WATER THEN THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND DE-GREASE EXISTING CONCRETE ACCORDANCE WITH MODIFIED PROCTOR TEST ASTM SURFACES. SOAK EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES FOR MINIMUM 12 D1557. #6 THROUGH #11 BARS 0'-2" HOURS. PLACE A CONCRETE-SLURRY OF CEMENT AND WATER WITHIN 1 HOUR OF TOPPING PLACEMENT. #5 AND SMALLER, W31 OR D31 WIRE 0'-2" 22. NON-SHRINK GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C1107. GROUT SHALL CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONTACT WITH GROUND BE PREMIXED, NON-SHRINK, NON-CATALYZED NATURAL AGGREGATE GROUT WITH A MINIMUM 7-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 7,000 PSI SLABS, WALLS AND JOISTS: PLASTIC, 6,000 PSI FLOWABLE, AND 5,000 PSI FLUID CONSISTENCY. 0'-1 1/2" #11 AND LARGER BARS 23. REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHOR RODS AND EMBED PLACEMENT SHALL #10 AND SMALLER BARS 0'-1 1/2" BE INSPECTED, PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 AND CODE REQUIRED SPECIAL BEAMS AND COLUMNS: INSPECTION BY QUALIFIED INSPECTOR PRIOR. THESE INSPECTIONS PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT, TIES, 0'-1 1/2" ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BASIC SERVICES OF THE STRUCTURAL STIRRUPS AND SPIRALS ENGINEER OF RECORD. 12/19/24 Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: 12" = 1'-0" TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/07/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 GENERAL NOTES - CONCRETE info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.S2 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE CONCRETE MAT SLAB (2) ANCILLARY RACK ANCHORS MCMASTER- (9) 5/8" WET SET ANCHORS OR EXPANSION BOLTS 5'-3" 5'-3" HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED CAP (TYP PER PIPE) CARR PART 97799A306 2 1/4" DEEP 1'-11" 5" 3" DIA HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PIPE (TYP) 7 1/4" 2'-3 3/4" 1 5/8" GALVANIZED STEEL UNISTRUT FASTEN TO PIPE 1'-10 3/4" W/ GALVANIZED U-BOLTS, WASHERS, & NUTS (TYP) A 2'-9 3/4" 6'-0" S3 1'-3 3/4" 7'-5" SEE PLAN ISOLATION JOINT EXISTING GRADE 2'-6" 6" 2" CLR 5 1/16" TYP 6" #5 BARS @ 12" o.c. BOTH WAYS OC EA WAY, TOP & BTM T/CONCRETE CONCRETE MAT SLAB 6" 1'-5" 2" CLR 2'-0" COMPOUND AGGREGATE 1'-0" 3" 2'-6" 1'-0 1/2" 2'-7" CLR NEW 6" CURB AROUND ADA CHARGER PAD 7'-6" UNDISTURBED EARTH OR UNDISTURBED EARTH OR ADA CHARGER PAD 1'-0" COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL N 1 ENLARGED PLAN @ BESS PAD A SECTION @ BESS PAD B SECTION @ CONCRETE CURB & ADA CHARGER E E2 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" 4'-0" TRU FINISHED GRADE TH 2'-9" NOR 3'-0" 3" CLR 7 1/2" 1'-9" 7 1/2" CONCRETE MAT SLAB 1'-0" TYP 9" CONDUIT TO TERMINATE AT DISCONNECT C 5 DETAIL SECTION @ H-FRAME S3 SEE PLAN GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR TO BOLT TYPE CONNECTION DEVICE OR EXOTHERMIC WELD SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" MAIN PANEL 4'-0" 2'-6" 2" CLR 6" TYP GROUNDING ELECTRODE #5 BARS @ 12" OC EA WAY, TOP & BTM NON-METALIC PMO SLEEV T/CONCRETE CONCRETE MAT SLAB CONCRETE FOUNDATION 2" CLR 9" 1'-0" 3" (4) 5/8" WET SET ANCHORS CLR OR EXPANSION BOLTS UNDISTURBED EARTH OR 3" MIN COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL #4 AWG OR LARGER BARE COPPER N 2 ENLARGED PLAN @ XFORMER PAD C SECTION @ XFORMER PAD CONDUCTOR OR STEEL REINFORCING BAR OR BRANDED BOLLARD BY OTHERS ROD NOT LESS THAN 1/2 INCH DIAMETER E2 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" E TRU TH NOR 20" D S3 EXISTING CURB (2) WHITE BOLLARDS ON DIRECT CONTACT WITH EARTH MIN 5" 5'-6" 5" EACH CHARGING PAD. 5'-0" APART CABLE CONDUIT F ELECTRODE GROUNDING DETAIL SEE PLAN SCALE NTS 12'-0" 5" ISOLATION JOINT #5 BARS @ 12" OC EA WAY, TOP & BTM 2" CLR EXISTING CURB TYP 10" MIN. 1'-3 3/4" 3'-5" 2" CLR 6" SETBACK FROM CURB 1'-0" * *JOINT THICKNESS: 3" 6" 3/4" MIN AT FOUNDATIONS, UNO CLR 1/2" MIN AT SLABS NOTE 1 (4) 5/8" WET SET ANCHORS 6'-4" OR EXPANSION BOLTS - SEE UNDISTURBED EARTH OR NOTE 2 GRADE CHARGER DWGS COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL 3/4" CHAMFER ALL AROUND N 3 ENLARGED PLAN @ CHARGER PAD D SECTION @ CHARGER PAD T/ PIER E2 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" 3" 2" CLR TRUE (3) #4 HOOPS @ 2" OC TH NOR CONCRETE FOOTING USING SONOTUBE FORMS NOTE 3 7'-0" SET CONDUIT 24" BELOW SUB-GRADE, NOTES: NOTE 4 SEE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE (2) WHITE BOLLARDS ON 7 3/4" 5'-8 1/2" 7 3/4" NEW CURB. 1. 1/4" CONTROL JOINT. SECTION 2. TOOLED EDGE 5'-9" 3. NEOPRENE ROD : DIA = JOINT THICKNESS +1/8" 1'-0" 5'-0" 1'-0" EXISTING CURB 4. PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER NAILED OR GLUED TO CONCRETE FACE OF FIRST POUR. (8) #5'S EVENLY SPACED 10" SEE PLAN 7 ISOLATION JOINT (5) #4 HOOPS @ 12" OC CABLE CONDUIT SCALE NTS 2" THICK HOUSEKEEPING PAD SEE PLAN E 3" CLEAR BOTTOM AND SIDES 2" THICK HOUSEKEEPING PAD S3 1'-2" 4'-1" 3'-0" #5 BARS @ 12" OC EA WAY TOP & BTM DIA. NEW CURB BUILT AROUND CHARGER PAD EXISTING GRADE OF PARKING LOT 2" CLR SECTION F-F B TYP S3 2" CLR ANCHOR BOLT LOCATIONS AND 3 1/4" (4) 5/8" WET SET ANCHORS 1'-0" DIMENSIONS DETERMINED BY 6" OR EXPANSION BOLTS - SEE 3" CLR BOLLARD MFR - SET ANCHOR BOLTS CHARGER DWGS F F AND CONDUITS WITH MFR'S 1'-3 3/4" 2'-4 1/2" 1'-3 3/4" TEMPLATE ONLY UNDISTURBED EARTH OR 1'-2" N COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL 4 ENLARGED PLAN @ ADA CHARGER PAD E ADA CHARGER PAD SECTION DIA. E E2 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" S3 SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0" TRU TH NOR PLAN 12/19/24 6 BRANDED BOLLARD SONO TUBE SCALE NTS Charging Stations.rvt GENERAL NOTES: CLIENT NOTES: As indicated TITLE: DULUTH, MN SCALE: ARLINGTON FUEL MART 218-491-6059 GILLETTE, WY DRAWN: DHM DATE: 11/06/24 2216 SR 530, ARLINGTON, WA 98223 EV CHARGING STATION 307-257-6275 CHECKED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 CONCRETE STRUCTURAL DETAILS info@jbwconsult.com www.jbwconsult.com COPYRIGHT 2023 APPROVED: TKJ DATE: 12/20/24 JBW PROJECT NUMBER: 24129 REV 0 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION TKJ 12/20/24 NO. REVISION APP. DATE REMOVING BARRIERS JBW CONSULTING ENGINEERS LLC. SHEET NUMBER: 24129.S3 0 Autodesk Docs://24129_EV Charging Stations/24129_EVNO. REVISION APP. DATE Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide POWERNODEâ„¢ NEXUS SITE DESIGN GUIDE V2.1.2 1 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide TABLE OF CONTENTS 01 OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 a. General Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 b. Scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 c. Battery Rack Details & Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 d. Electric Era Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 e. PowerNode Nexus Subcomponents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 f. PowerNode Nexus Subcomponent Certiï¬cations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 g. PowerNode Nexus Basic Dimensions & Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 h. PowerNode Nexus Electrical Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 i. PowerNode Nexus Top-Level Electrical Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 j. PowerNode Nexus Control Enclosure Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 02 SITE PREPARATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 a. PowerNode Nexus Pad Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 b. PowerNode Nexus Location and Clearances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 c. PowerNode Nexus Mechanical Installation Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 d. Site Level Power Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 e. PowerNode Nexus Isolation Transformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 f. Cloud Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 03 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 a. Electrical Connection Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 b. Connect 480V AC 3-Phase Power to Inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 c. Connect Ethernet Cables from Site Power Meter, Dispensers, & Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 d. Connect Auxiliary Pwr & Comms Cables from Control Enclosure to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Battery Rack 27 e. Connect High-Voltage DC Power Cables from Inverter to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Battery Rack 28 2 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide TABLE OF CONTENTS 04 DOCUMENT INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 a. Referenced Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 b. Changelog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 3 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide OVERVIEW GENERAL PRECAUTIONS (1/3) The precautions in this section must be followed at all times. âš DANGER! Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in injury or death. âš WARNING! Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in injury or death. âš WARNING! All instructions in this document must be performed by qualiï¬ed personnel authorized by Electric Era, with training dealing with high voltage equipment and lifting machinery where relevant. âš WARNING! Read all relevant information from this manual, the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual, and the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual before performing any actions on PowerNode Nexus (PN Nexus). Any warnings found in those documents are also applicable when performing actions instructed in this document. Do not perform any action on the unit without having all of those documents. âš DANGER! Wear personal protective equipment (PPE) as instructed by this document, the signage on the unit, the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual, the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual, regulations, and best safety practices. âš DANGER! Stored energy is present in the inverters. After shutting down PN Nexus according to the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual, do not remove the inverter front panel until 5 minutes have passed, and test exposed conductors for voltage to ensure internal capacitors have discharged. âš DANGER! Do not open the DC Combiner without ï¬rst shutting down PN Nexus according to the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual, and test exposed conductors for voltage. âš DANGER! Before connecting or disconnecting any electrical connections, ï¬rst de-energize and lock out/tag out (LOTO) the system as per the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual, and close and lock the battery rack right-side door. âš DANGER! When the MSD covers are removed, do not open the Battery Rack right-side door without ï¬rst shutting down & LOTO PN Nexus according to the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual. 4 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide OVERVIEW GENERAL PRECAUTIONS (2/3) âš DANGER! If opening the Battery Rack right-side door when the MSD covers are removed or when making MSD connections, in addition to any other PPE required at the site, at minimum wear PPE for shock and arc ï¬‚ash according to the hazards listed below. Where more recently updated hazards at the site are available, wear PPE for actual site conditions. Do not wear metal jewelry. â— 22 inches Arc Flash Protection Boundary â— 2 cal/cm2 Incident Energy Flash Risk at 16 inches â— 1000 VDC - Shock Risk- Covers/Doors Open â— 0 - Glove Class â— 42 inches - Limited Approach Boundary â— 12 inches - Restricted Approach Boundary âš DANGER! Before connecting or disconnecting any electrical connections, ï¬rst de-energize and lock out/tag out (LOTO) the system as per the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual, and close and lock the Battery Rack right-side door. âš DANGER! When the MSD covers are removed, do not open the Battery Rack right-side door without ï¬rst shutting down & LOTO PN Nexus according to the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual. âš WARNING! Damage to PN Nexus may cause explosion and ï¬re hazards. Fire may release toxic gas. Keep ï¬re or sources of heat away from PN Nexus. Batteries may reignite after being extinguished. Keep ï¬re, heat sources, corrosive agents, ï¬‚ammable gas, and conductive ï¬‚uids and gas away from energy storage system. Refer to Safety Data Sheet (for CATL model name O552280-P) for further instructions on response to battery ï¬re. âš DANGER! Do not damage, open, or otherwise tamper with the battery modules. âš WARNING! Do not leave PN Nexus unattended with any door unlocked or any panel removed. At sites with a Security Cage, also do not leave PN Nexus unattended without locking cage. âš DANGER! Do not touch both pole terminals of PN Nexus simultaneously. âš WARNING! Do not insert any foreign objects into any part of PowerNode Nexus. âš DANGER! When cleaning the Battery Rack, do not wash the HV/LV connectors directly. âš WARNING! Do not step on the top of PowerNode Nexus. 5 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide OVERVIEW GENERAL PRECAUTIONS (3/3) âš WARNING! Do not use PN Nexus in series or parallel with other types of battery products. âš WARNING! Do not immerse PN Nexus or its components in ï¬‚uids. âš WARNING! Do not allow precipitation such as rain, snow, or dusty/sandy wind to enter PN Nexus through open doors or removed covers. Do not let unmated connectors get wet or dirty. âš WARNING! PN Nexus must be installed in accordance with requirements in this document and in accordance with local electrical, building, ï¬re, and other codes or utility requirements as applicable to the installation and equipment, by qualiï¬ed service personnel in accordance with the installation instructions and appropriate practices. âš WARNING! In cases of uncertainty with regard to instructions, contact Electric Era with any questions. Do not proceed by guessing or trial-and-error. 6 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide OVERVIEW SCOPE This document includes information needed to prepare a site for installation of a PowerNode Nexus. References to supplementary documents are listed for any information not directly included in this document. Note that â€œPowerNode Nexusâ€ refers to the mechanically and electrically integrated set of CATL EnerOne Battery Rack, Dynapower MPS-125 EHV inverter, and PowerNode Control Enclosure. BATTERY RACK DETAILS & INSTRUCTIONS For any details and instructions not included in this document that pertain to the Battery Rack (CATL EnerOne) in its standalone state without integration of the complete PowerNode Nexus, refer to: â— For high-level specs, see â€œProduct Speciï¬cation: Outdoor Liquid Cooling Rackâ€ with a battery rack module quantity of 5 â— For all other details & instructions, see â€œCATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual (O852280-E/ O852280-P)â€ â—‹ Note: The CATL model used for PowerNode Nexus is O552280-P. This differs from model O852280-P by having 5 modules of 8, and thus lower weight, nominal voltage, and energy, but site design and operating instructions are otherwise equivalent. Where there is conï¬‚ict between any of these documents, contact Electric Era. ELECTRIC ERA CONTACT INFORMATION Electric Era general support phone number: 1-(507)-702-0312 Contact Electric Era with any questions in cases of uncertainty with regard to instructions. 7 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide OVERVIEW POWERNODE NEXUS SUBCOMPONENTS Ancillary Roof Weldment Inverter Ancillary Rack Battery Rack / Ancillary Frame CATL EnerOne Control Enclosure POWERNODE NEXUS SUBCOMPONENT CERTIFICATIONS Name / Description Manufacturer / Trademark Type / Model Mark(s) of Conformity Battery Energy Storage System Components UL 1973, cTUVus Battery Rack, outdoor, Lithium Iron CATL (Contemporary Amperex EnerOne Certificate No. U14 004951 0008 Phosphate, 5-module, 232.9 kWh Technology Co., Ltd.) O552280-P Rev. 01 Inverter Components Inverter, 125kW continuous, UL 1741, IEEE 1547-2003, cETLus Dynapower Co., LLC MPS-125EHV 480VAC Control No. 4010786 Control Enclosure Components Circuit breaker, 2-pole, 480VAC, 6A PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 2907656 cULus, File No. E320373 Circuit breaker, 2-pole, 480VAC, 15A PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 2907662 cULus, File No. E320373 UPS, 120-230VAC PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 1067327 cURus, File No. E359066 UPS battery, 4Ah PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 1274117 cULus, File No. E199827 Power supply, 240VAC 1ph in, PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 1110466 UL, File No. E199827 24VDC out, 120W Relay, DPDT, 6A, 250VAC, 24VDC coil PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 2903350 EAC, Approval ID: TR_TS_D_00573_c Relay, SPST, 6A, 250VAC, 24VDC coil PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 2903370 EAC, Approval ID: TR_TS_D_00573_c Surge Protective Device PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 2910361 cULus, File No. E330181 Thermoelectric cooler Seifert Systems Inc. 3050303 cURus, File No. SA32278 Sigma A-XT Fire control panel Kentec Electronics Ltd. cULus, File No. S8485 K1810-13 8 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide OVERVIEW POWERNODE NEXUS BASIC DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Overall Height: 92 Â¾â€ (2,356 mm) Overall Width: 70 â…žâ€ (1,800 mm) Overall Depth: 52 â…â€ (1,336 mm) Total Mass: 6,195 lbs (2,810 kg) Note: The Battery Rack alone, without the Ancillary Rack, weighs 5,644 lb (2,560 kg). Side View Front View Height Depth Width POWERNODE NEXUS ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 480V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground Main Power Connection: (Delta or ï¬‚oating Wye) Main Overcurrent Protection: 200A 9 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide OVERVIEW POWERNODE NEXUS TOP-LEVEL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC POWERNODE NEXUS CONTROL ENCLOSURE DIAGRAM Refer to PowerNode Nexus Control Enclosure Wiring Diagram, Drawing No. 920-01597 for detailed electrical diagram of Control Enclosure. 10 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS PAD PREPARATION (1/3) The following diagrams show the size & positions of the Battery Rack anchors, concrete pad edges, PN Nexus equipment edges, and door swing area. Positions are given for the PN Nexus conduits, Ancillary Rack anchor locations, and Security Cage anchor locations (site-dependent). For all other remaining details of PowerNode Nexus pad preparation that do not conï¬‚ict with the following diagrams or the site-speciï¬c approved construction drawings, the details found in â€œCATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual (O852280-E/ O852280-P)â€ section 5.1 â€œSite and Environmental Requirementsâ€ and section 5.2 â€œFoundation Requirementâ€ apply. Note that the battery rack model O552280 weighs less than model O852280. Aside from the conduits, only the ï¬rst Battery Rack M16 chemical anchor indicated in the following diagram should be installed in the pad prior to installation of PowerNode Nexus. The other eight Battery Rack M16 chemical anchors, the two 1/2â€ expansion anchors for the Ancillary Rack, the four 1/2â€ expansion anchors for the Security Cage (site-dependent), and the holes drilled in the concrete pad for each of them, will be aligned and installed after the Battery Rack is on-site, according to the â€œPowerNode Nexus Mechanical Installation Instructionsâ€ section of this document. The Ancillary Rack mounts to the concrete pad with two 1/2" diameter, 4-1/2" long, 316 stainless steel stud anchors for concrete. The Security Cage (site-dependent) mounts to the concrete pad with four identical anchors. Minimum anchor pull-out strength should be 1,100 lb and shear strength should be 1,200 lb. McMaster-Carr part # 97799A306 (torqued to 60 Lb-Ft) is recommended. Note that anchor installation details in this document may be impacted if different hardware is used. To avoid interference, the Battery Rack chemical anchors should not protrude more than 2.5â€ from the concrete pad. 11 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS PAD PREPARATION (2/3) Refer to the diagram below for the anchor locating dimensions. The Security Cage anchor details should be ignored at sites that will not have a Security Cage. 12 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS PAD PREPARATION (3/3) Refer to the diagram below for the PN Nexus concrete pad dimensions and conduit locating dimensions. 13 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS LOCATION AND CLEARANCES (1/3) âš WARNING! PowerNode Nexus must be installed in accordance with requirements in this document and in accordance with local electrical, building, ï¬re, and other codes or utility requirements as applicable to the installation and equipment, by qualiï¬ed service personnel in accordance with the installation instructions and appropriate practices. A minimum clearance of 3 ft (914 mm) in all directions is required from PowerNode Nexus to lot lines, public ways, buildings, stored combustible materials, hazardous materials, high-piled stock, and other exposure hazards not associated with electrical grid infrastructure. The minimum clearance between two PowerNode Nexus units side-to-side can be reduced to 4 inches, but only if they are oriented such that no inverter is between the two Battery Racks. The inverter should have 3 ft (914 mm) minimum clearance to any object including other Battery Racks for airï¬‚ow and service. Areas within 10 ft in all directions from PowerNode Nexus must have combustible vegetation cleared. Single specimens of trees, shrubbery, or cultivated ground cover may be permitted provided that they do not provide a means of readily transmitting ï¬re. PowerNode Nexus shall not be installed in a â€œHazardous (classiï¬ed) locationâ€ deï¬ned by NFPA 70. The PowerNode Nexus environment must be free from corrosive agents, ï¬‚ammable or explosive gases, and conductive gases, and must be away from heat sources and ï¬‚ame. PowerNode Nexus must be located in an environment matching the allowable conditions speciï¬ed in the PowerNode Nexus Speciï¬cations document. Indoor installations carry different code compliance requirements than outdoor installations. There must be suï¬ƒcient room around PowerNode Nexus for a forklift or telehandler to approach to install and remove inverter(s) and battery module(s). To accommodate most equipment, it is preferred to allow 16 ft of clearance (space on which motorized lifting equipment can travel) beyond the marked door swing clearance shown in the diagram on the page 16; alternative arrangements are possible but reduce ease of maintenance. â— Preferred clearance: 16 ft beyond door swing clearance (maximum dimension) on bottom and left sides â— Alternative clearance: 16 ft beyond door swing clearance on bottom side only â— Minimum clearance: 3 ft beyond door swing clearance on bottom side only Required working space around this equipment per NFPA 70 shall also be provided. 14 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS LOCATION AND CLEARANCES (2/3) âš WARNING! Vehicle guard posts are required where PowerNode Nexus is subject to impact by motor vehicles. When guard posts (both ï¬xed and removable) are installed, they shall be designed to meet requirements of the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) according to all relevant standards, including NFPA 855. Posts shall be located outside of the door swing areas shown on the next page. The guard posts must also not interfere with code required working space of equipment. 15 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS LOCATION AND CLEARANCES (3/3) The diagram below shows the dimensions of PN Nexus, the Security Cage (site-dependent), the Battery Rack/Security Cage door swing area, and the working space required for the Control Enclosure, with units in mm / [in]. The depth of the working space must be determined for each particular site plan according to electrical code, but in no case shall the depth of the working space be less than 3 feet. Only the Control Enclosure is likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized. The Security Cage details should be ignored at sites that will not have a Security Cage. 16 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS MECHANICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (1/6) âš WARNING! Always follow the precautions in the â€œGeneral Precautionsâ€ section of this manual. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices according to regulations and these instructions. âš WARNING! Lifting operator must be trained to use lifting equipment. âš WARNING! During the hoisting process, handle the Battery Rack and Ancillary Rack with care. âš WARNING! Do not stand under lifting equipment or the equipment being lifted. âš WARNING! Clear and block off the area before using lifting equipment. âš WARNING! Use lifting equipment rated for the intended loads. âš WARNING! When lifting the Battery Rack or Ancillary Rack, at least two people must support both sides of the Battery Rack/Ancillary Rack. âš WARNING! At minimum wear hard hats, reï¬‚ective vests, and steel-toed shoes when performing any lifting steps in this section, as well as any other personal protective equipment required at the site. The operator of the lifting machinery must also wear high-grip gloves and safety goggles. âš WARNING! The tilt angle should be less than 5Â° while hoisting the Battery Rack. âš WARNING! Do not hit anybody while lowering equipment. âš WARNING! Do not perform installation under weather such as rain, snow, or dusty/sandy wind. âš WARNING! Place PN Nexus and its components on level ground to ensure that it is stable without shaking or tilting. âš WARNING! PN Nexus installation should consider the load capacity of its installation ground and ï¬‚oor (according to the requirements of architectural drawings). âš WARNING! Handle Battery Rack and Ancillary Rack with care. Do not impact, pull, drag, or step on Battery Rack/Ancillary Rack. Do not subject Battery Rack/Ancillary Rack to any strong force. To help prevent damage, leave Battery Rack/Ancillary Rack in their shipping packaging until they are ready to be installed. Note: Perform these installation steps only when instructed to do so by the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual. 17 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS MECHANICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (2/6) 1. Prepare a concrete pad with conduit for PN Nexus according to the â€œPowerNode Nexus Pad Preparationâ€ section of this Site Design Guide and the site-speciï¬c approved construction drawings/SLD. Ensure that the requirements of the â€œPowerNode Nexus Location and Clearancesâ€ section of this Site Design Guide are met. To ensure proper anchor alignment later, it is recommended to drill only the ï¬rst Battery Rack hole (front-left) & install the ï¬rst Battery Rack chemical anchor indicated below. Refer to the site-speciï¬c approved construction drawings for details on chemical anchor installation. Do not drill holes or install the other 8 chemical anchors or the expansion anchors for the Ancillary Rack/Security Cage yet. 9x chemical anchor for Battery Rack (8x are shown for reference only) 4x Anchor for Security Cage (Front of rack) (ref. only) 2x Anchor for Ancillary First Battery Rack anchor to Rack (ref. only) install 2. Site-dependent: when required by the site plans, prepare guard posts as required by site-speciï¬c construction drawings, while meeting the minimum requirements from the â€œPowerNode Nexus Location and Clearancesâ€ section of this document. 18 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS MECHANICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (3/6) 3. To install anchors: a. Perform mechanical installation of the Battery Rack as per the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual section 5.3 â€œPreparation for installationâ€ and section 5.4 â€œInstallation Procedure,â€ such that the Battery Rack front-left mounting slot engages the only chemical anchor installed so far. Do not damage the protruding anchor or conduits in the concrete pad. Ensure the Battery Rack is oriented correctly relative to the concrete pad. Use the remaining 8 Battery Rack foot slots to precisely mark the locations on the concrete pad for the remaining 8 Battery Rack chemical anchors to be installed. Then lift the Battery Rack off the concrete pad and place it down nearby in a designated secure location. First Battery Rack anchor (Front of rack) b. Precisely mark on the concrete pad the locations for the 2 concrete anchors for the Ancillary Rack according to the â€œPowerNode Nexus Pad Preparationâ€ section of this Site Design Guide and the site-speciï¬c approved construction drawings. If the site will have a Security Cage, also mark locations for the 4 concrete anchors for the Security Cage. Drill holes for those anchors and install anchors according to the â€œPowerNode Nexus Pad Preparationâ€ speciï¬cations. c. Drill holes for the 8 remaining Battery Rack chemical anchors in the locations marked earlier, and install the chemical anchors. Refer to the site-speciï¬c approved construction drawings for details on chemical anchor holes and anchor installation. 19 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS MECHANICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (4/6) 4. Perform mechanical installation of the Battery Rack as per the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual section 5.4 â€œInstallation Procedure.â€ Do not damage the protruding anchors or conduits in the concrete pad. Install 9x nuts & washers for the Battery Rack M16 chemical anchors and torque to 110-150 Lb-Ft (defer to chemical anchor manufacturer spec if different). Repaint lifting lugs if needed after lifting with a crane. Inverter Eye Bolts 5. Stabilize the Ancillary Rack until it is secured in place. Lift the Ancillary Rack, without the Roof Weldment, by the inverter eye bolts. Use lifting machinery rated for at least 660 lbs weight. 6. Lower the Ancillary Rack into position beside the Battery Rack such that the two anchors in the concrete pad protrude through the Rackâ€™s bottom slots, but do not install the associated nuts yet. Take care not to damage the anchors. Continue supporting the Ancillary Rack with the lifting machinery and stabilizing it by hand until instructed otherwise. Align without bolting 20 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS MECHANICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (5/6) 7. Place the Ancillary Roof Weldment as shown, and loosely thread the four bolted connections that attach it to the Ancillary Frame and to the Battery Rack. Do not tighten the bolts with any preload yet; allow the bolts to slip. Use two 1/2â€ oversized washers for each 1/2â€-13 screw and nut (all 316 stainless steel). 2X 2X 8. Fasten the Ancillary Rack to the concrete pad with the two 316 stainless steel 1/2â€ concrete anchors with nuts and oversized (1.25â€ O.D.) washers. Torque to 60 Lb-Ft. Note: torque stainless steel hardware slowly to avoid galling. Anti-seize on threads may help ensure risk of galling is minimized, as long as torque values are adjusted according to anti-seize manufacturerâ€™s recommendations. 2X 21 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION POWERNODE NEXUS MECHANICAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (6/6) 9. Torque the four bolts on the Ancillary Roof Weldment to 25 Lb-Ft. First torque the two bolts that attach the Roof Weldment to the Battery Rack, and then torque the two bolts that attach the Roof Weldment to the Ancillary Frame. Note: torque stainless steel hardware slowly to avoid galling. Anti-seize on threads may help ensure risk of galling is minimized, as long as torque values are adjusted according to anti-seize manufacturerâ€™s recommendations. Torque ï¬rst Torque second 10. Once the Ancillary Rack is secured, the Ancillary Rack no longer needs to be stabilized by hand, and the lifting machinery can be removed. 22 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide SITE PREPARATION SITE LEVEL POWER METER A site-level power meter kit containing particular component models is required to monitor the total energy exchange of the battery system. The kit must be supplied directly from Electric Era in order for parts to arrive with the ï¬rmware updates required to function properly. The kit to be ordered is: Kit Part Number: 107-01367 The kit consists of one power meter housed in a standalone NEMA 4X-rated enclosure (Accuenergy Acupanel 9104X-IIR-mV-P3V3) which requires phase voltage connections, three Rogowski CTs (Accuenergy RCT16-1000) for current sensing, and one web module (Accuenergy AXM-WEB2). The power meter should be installed at the PowerNode Panel with appropriate mounting and conduit to meet local requirements. The meter connects to PowerNode Nexus via Ethernet cable. POWERNODE NEXUS ISOLATION TRANSFORMER The inverter in PowerNode Nexus must be supplied with 480V 3-phase 3-wire via a Delta or ï¬‚oating (ungrounded) Wye, typically derived by a dedicated isolation transformer. The PowerNode side must be Delta. Recommended speciï¬cations: 150 kVA, 10kV BIL, 1.2kV class, 5% impedance minimum, K factor 1, with electrostatic shield. CLOUD CONNECTIVITY In order to ensure proper internet connectivity of the unit, PowerNode Nexus+â€™s 5G antenna must be able to obtain a clear signal from a local cell tower. The simplest way to ensure this is to test for LTE/5G cell reception from any carrier at the site prior to installation. 23 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ELECTRICAL CONNECTION PRECAUTIONS Once the unit is placed on the pad and bolted into place using the provided mounting points, PowerNode Nexus can be electrically integrated and connected to site power and Ethernet. âš WARNING! Always follow the precautions in the â€œGeneral Precautionsâ€ section of this manual. âš WARNING! All instructions in this document must be performed by qualiï¬ed personnel authorized by Electric Era. âš DANGER! Before performing any steps in this documentâ€™s â€œElectrical Connectionâ€ chapter, ï¬rst de-energize and lock out/tag out (LOTO) the system as per the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual, and close and lock the Battery Rack right-side door. âš DANGER! Stored energy is present in the inverter. After shutting down PN Nexus according to the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual, do not remove the inverter front panel until 5 minutes have passed, and test exposed conductors for voltage to ensure internal capacitors have discharged. âš WARNING! Perform the instructions in this documentâ€™s â€œElectrical Connectionâ€ chapter only when instructed to do so by the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual. Be sure to follow any warnings in that manual as they apply to these instructions. âš WARNING! For all electrical connections: ensure the connection is correct, is reliable (will not be loosened), has good contact, and creates no short circuit. âš WARNING! Do not allow precipitation such as rain, snow, or dusty/sandy wind to enter PN Nexus through open doors or removed covers. Do not let any unmated connectors get wet or dirty. 24 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CONNECT 480V AC 3-PHASE POWER TO INVERTER 1. Remove inverter front panel and interior safety shield. 2. Cut appropriate knockout on the right side of the bottom plate of the inverter cable entry shroud and install conduit from stub-up in pad to this knockout. 3. Route 480V 3 phase and ground wires into inverter. 4. Connect 480V ground wire lug to inverter ground terminal. Torque to 15.5 Lb-Ft. 5. Connect service conductor lugs to inverter terminals as shown below in phase order: L1/left, L2/middle, L3/right. Check phase rotation: inverter requires clockwise (positive) rotation. Torque to 15.5 Lb-Ft. 6. Reattach inverter interior safety shield and front panel. Torque front panel to 3.6 Lb-Ft. 1 & 6 L1 L2 L3 4 5 3 Equipment Phase 2 Grounding Conductor connections 25 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CONNECT ETHERNET CABLES FROM SITE POWER METER, DISPENSERS, & SITE 1. Open Control Enclosure door. 2. Cut appropriate knockout in bottom of Control Enclosure and install conduit from stub-up in pad to this knockout. Locate knockout near the Ethernet switch (shown in diagram below). 3. Route Ethernet cables into Control Enclosure. Cables should be CAT6, shielded, pre-terminated, and rated for the installation condition (wet locations when in conduit). 4. Connect cables from site power meter and dispensers to any open ports on Ethernet switch. 5. Close & lock the Control Enclosure door. 5 5 1&6 4 3 2 26 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CONNECT AUXILIARY PWR & COMMS CABLES FROM CONTROL ENCLOSURE TO BATTERY RACK 1. Open left-hand door on Battery Rack. 2. Precut and install rubber cable grommet for the Battery Rack right cable entry hole. 3. Route the Control Enclosureâ€™s bottom rightmost ï¬‚exible conduit with cables behind & around Battery Rack corner foot as shown, & up through Battery Rack right cable entry hole. Secure the conduit. 4. Fasten ground cable from this conduit to grounding bar at bottom of Battery Rack bay using one of the M8 ï¬‚anged bolts. Torque to 10 Nm. 5. Connect JXH1 & JX3 connectors (both twist-lock) to Battery Rack control box in labeled locations. 2,3 4 1 5 3 5 5 2,3,4 27 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CONNECT HIGH-VOLTAGE DC POWER CABLES FROM INVERTER TO BATTERY RACK (1/2) 1. Open left-hand door on Battery Rack. 2. Precut and install rubber cable grommet for the Battery Rack left bayâ€™s left cable entry slot. 3. Route the cut ends of the two provided high-voltage power cables down through the grommet, into the conduit running to the inverter, and to the HV DC bus bars in the inverter with small ring terminals included, as shown on next page. 4. Strip ends of two high-voltage power cables, and ground cable, and install provided compression lugs using appropriate crimp tooling. Fasten lugs to HV DC bus bars in inverter with small ring terminals included, as shown on next page, and torque to 31 Lb-Ft. 5. Route the ground cable from the side of the inverter up through the rubber cable grommet into the Battery Rack left bay, and fasten cable to grounding bar at bottom of Battery Rack bay using one of the M8 ï¬‚anged bolts. Torque to 7 Lb-Ft. 6. Connect HV+ and HV- connector from the two high-voltage power cables to Battery Rack control box in labeled locations. Refer to CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual section 5.6.2.3 â€œDC Power Cable Connectionâ€ for details of making the connections. âš WARNING! Ensure that positive and negative poles are not reversed and connector is locked. 7. Reattach inverter interior safety shield and front panel. Torque front panel to 3.6 Lb-Ft. 8. Fill both Battery Rack cable entry ports with sealing compound to prevent moisture ingress. 9. Close and lock left-hand door on Battery Rack if access to bay is no longer needed. 3 5 1, 9 6 6 6 6 2, 3, 5, 8 28 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CONNECT HIGH-VOLTAGE DC POWER CABLES FROM INVERTER TO BATTERY RACK (2/2) 4 2, 3, 5, 8 5 29 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide DOCUMENT INFO REFERENCED DOCUMENTS DOCUMENT NAME PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual PowerNode Nexus Maintenance Guide PowerNode Nexus Speciï¬cations CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual Safety Data Sheet (for CATL Model Name O552280-P) Product Speciï¬cation: Outdoor Liquid Cooling Rack PowerNode Nexus Control Enclosure Wiring Diagram, Drawing No. 920-01597 PowerNode Nexus Security Cage Manual 30 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Site Design Guide DOCUMENT INFO CHANGELOG Version ID Date Released Summary of Changes V2.1.0 2/5/2024 Full document release for PN Nexus V2.1. V2.1.1 3/6/2024 Corrected power meter P/N & SLD. Removed references to FC200K dispenser; removed SLD; updated V2.1.2 8/5/2024 electrical installation for in-ground HV conduit. 31 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual POWERNODEâ„¢ NEXUS COMMISSION, OPERATION, AND DECOMMISSION MANUAL V2.2.0 1 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS 01 OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 a. General Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 b. Scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 c. Dispenser Details and Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 d. Battery Rack Details and Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 e. Electric Era Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 f. PowerNode Nexus Basic Dimensions and Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 g. PowerNode Nexus Subcomponents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 02 COMMISSIONING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 a. Commissioning Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 b. Commissioning Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 c. Signage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 03 OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 a. Main Operational Functionality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 b. System Operating Switches and Disconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 c. System and Source Startup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 d. System and Source Shutdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 e. Operating Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 f. Potential Operating Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 04 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 a. Fire / Explosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 b. Flooding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 c. Coolant Fluid Leak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 d. Battery Electrolyte Leakage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 05 DECOMMISSIONING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 a. Decommissioning Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 b. Decommissioning Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 2 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS 06 DOCUMENT INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 a. Referenced Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 b. Changelog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 3 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OVERVIEW GENERAL PRECAUTIONS (1/3) The precautions in this section must be followed at all times. âš DANGER! Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in injury or death. âš WARNING! Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in injury or death. âš WARNING! All instructions in this document must be performed by qualiï¬ed Electric Era staff or qualiï¬ed personnel authorized by Electric Era, with training dealing with high voltage equipment and lifting machinery where relevant. âš WARNING! Read all relevant information from this manual, the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.3) or CATL EnerOne+ Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.2), and the PowerNode Nexus Site Design Guide before performing any actions on the PowerNode Nexus (PN Nexus). Any warnings found in those documents are also applicable when performing actions instructed in this document. Do not perform any action on the unit without having all of those documents. âš WARNING! PN Nexus must be installed in accordance with requirements in this document and in accordance with local electrical, building, ï¬re, and other codes or utility requirements as applicable to the installation and equipment, by qualiï¬ed service personnel in accordance with the installation instructions and appropriate practices. âš WARNING! In cases of uncertainty with regard to instructions, contact Electric Era with any questions. Do not proceed by guessing or trial-and-error. âš WARNING! Damage to unit may cause explosion and ï¬re hazards. Fire may release toxic gas. Keep ï¬re or sources of heat away from PowerNode Nexus. Batteries may reignite after being extinguished. Keep ï¬re, heat sources, corrosive agents, ï¬‚ammable gas, and conductive ï¬‚uids and gas away from energy storage system. Refer to Safety Data Sheet for the following CATL model names for further instructions on response to battery ï¬re. â— For Nexus PN-NEXUS-V2.2S: R05285P05L31 â— For Nexus PN-NEXUS-V2.3S: O552280-P 4 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OVERVIEW GENERAL PRECAUTIONS (2/3) âš WARNING! For all electrical connections: ensure the connection is correct, is reliable (will not be loosened), has good contact, and creates no short circuit. âš DANGER! Before connecting or disconnecting any electrical connections, ï¬rst de-energize and lock out/tag out (LOTO) the system as per the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of this document, and close and lock the Battery Rack right-side door. âš DANGER! Always test to verify de-energization according to regulations & best practices before performing any action that requires the system to be de-energized. âš DANGER! Stored energy is present in the inverters. After shutting down PN Nexus according to the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Commission, Operation, and Decommission Manual, do not remove the inverter front panel until 5 minutes have passed, and test exposed conductors for voltage to ensure internal capacitors have discharged. âš DANGER! When MSD covers (for model numbers containing V2.3) or HV DC link cable (for model numbers containing V2.2) are removed, do not open the Battery Rack right-side door without ï¬rst shutting down & LOTO PN Nexus according to â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of this document. âš DANGER! If opening the Battery Rack right-side door when the MSD covers (for model numbers containing V2.3) or HV DC link cable (for model numbers containing V2.2) are removed, or when making HV connections, in addition to any other PPE required at the site, at minimum wear PPE for shock and arc ï¬‚ash according to the hazards listed below. Where more recently updated hazards at the site are available, wear PPE for actual site conditions. Do not wear metal jewelry. â— 11 inches - Arc Flash Protection Boundary â— 0.95 cal/cm2 Incident Energy Flash Risk at 18 inches â— 1500 VDC - Shock Risk- Covers/Doors Open â— 0 - Glove Class â— 60 inches - Limited Approach Boundary â— 20 inches - Restricted Approach Boundary âš DANGER! Do not service equipment within the Battery Rack left-side door without ï¬rst shutting down PN Nexus according to the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of this document. 5 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OVERVIEW GENERAL PRECAUTIONS (3/3) âš WARNING! Do not attempt to climb on or step on the top of the Battery Rack. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices according to regulations and these instructions. âš WARNING! Lifting operator must be trained to use lifting equipment. âš WARNING! Do not stand under lifting equipment or the equipment being lifted. âš WARNING! Clear and block off the area before using lifting equipment. âš WARNING! Use lifting equipment rated for the intended loads. âš WARNING! When lifting the Battery Rack or Ancillary Rack, at least two people must support both sides of the Battery Rack/Ancillary Rack. âš WARNING! At minimum wear hard hats, reï¬‚ective vests, and steel-toed shoes when performing any lifting operation, as well as any other personal protective equipment required at the site. The operator of the lifting machinery must also wear high-grip gloves and safety goggles. âš WARNING! The tilt angle should be less than 5Â° while hoisting the Battery Rack. âš WARNING! Do not hit anybody while lowering equipment. âš WARNING! Place PN Nexus and its components on level ground to ensure that it is stable without shaking or tilting. âš WARNING! Handle Battery Rack and Ancillary Rack with care. Do not impact, pull, drag, or step on Battery Rack/Ancillary Rack. Do not subject Battery Rack/Ancillary Rack to any strong force. To help prevent damage, leave Battery Rack/Ancillary Rack in their shipping packaging until they are ready to be installed. âš WARNING! Do not allow precipitation such as rain, snow, or dusty/sandy wind to enter PN Nexus through open doors or removed covers. Do not let unmated connectors get wet or dirty. âš WARNING! Do not immerse PN Nexus or its components in ï¬‚uids. 6 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OVERVIEW SCOPE This document includes information needed to commission, operate, and decommission PowerNode Nexus. References to supplementary documents are listed for any information not directly included in this document. Note that â€œPowerNode Nexusâ€ refers to the mechanically and electrically integrated set of CATL EnerOne or EnerOne+ Battery Rack, Dynapower MPS-125 EHV inverter, and PowerNode Control Enclosure. This document pertains to the following model numbers, as listed on the product nameplate: â— PN-NEXUS-V2.2-S â— PN-NEXUS-V2.3-S BATTERY RACK DETAILS AND INSTRUCTIONS For any details and instructions not included in this document that pertain to the Battery Rack (CATL EnerOne or EnerOne+) in its standalone state without integration of the complete PowerNode Nexus, refer to: â— For high-level specs for model numbers containing V2.2, see â€œEnerone+ 285 (1C) Product Speciï¬cation_20230323â€, and for model numbers containing V2.3, see â€œProduct Speciï¬cation: Outdoor Liquid Cooling Rackâ€ â— For all other details & instructions for model numbers containing V2.2, see â€œCATL EnerOne+ Userâ€™s Manualâ€, and for model numbers containing V2.3, see â€œCATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manualâ€ Where there is conï¬‚ict between any of these documents, contact Electric Era. ELECTRIC ERA CONTACT INFORMATION Electric Era general support phone number: 1-(507)-702-0312 Contact Electric Era with any questions in cases of uncertainty with regard to instructions. 7 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OVERVIEW BASIC DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Overall Height: 114 Â½â€ (2,905 mm) Overall Width: 76 â…›â€ (1,933 mm) Overall Depth: 51 Â¼â€ (1,300 mm) Total Mass: 6,526 lbs (2,960 kg) Note: The Battery Rack alone, without the Ancillary Rack, weighs 5,864 lb (2,660 kg). Side View Front View Height Depth Width SUBCOMPONENTS Ancillary Roof Support Inverter Ancillary Rack Battery Rack Ancillary Frame Control Enclosure 8 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (1/9) âš WARNING! All instructions below are to be performed in order by qualiï¬ed Electric Era staff or qualiï¬ed personnel authorized by Electric Era, with training dealing with high voltage equipment and lifting machinery where relevant, and coordinated with a remote Electric Era battery system operator. âš WARNING! Whenever instructed to perform actions according to the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.3) or CATL EnerOne+ Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.2) or the PowerNode Nexus Site Design Guide (SDG) or involving the Battery Rack, follow the appropriate preconditions, precautions, and warnings found in the relevant sections of those manuals (including general warnings and precautions from those documents that apply to all situations) as well as those found in this manual and the signage on the unit. âš WARNING! Always follow the precautions in the â€œGeneral Precautionsâ€ section of this manual. Pre-energization steps: may be completed prior to energizing AC power on site 1. Before installation, prepare a concrete pad according to step 1 of the â€œPowerNode Nexus Mechanical Installation Instructionsâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Site Design Guide (SDG). 2. Site-dependent: before installation, when required by the site plans, prepare guard posts according to step 2 of the SDGâ€™s â€œPowerNode Nexus Mechanical Installation Instructionsâ€ section. 3. Store keys for the following doors on-site in a secure lockbox that is inaccessible to the public but can be readily accessed only by authorized personnel in accordance with regulations and best practices. Record the location of the keys/lockbox, and share the location with an Electric Era representative. Keep the keys in the lockbox when not in use. a. Battery Rack doors b. Control Enclosure padlock c. Fire panel door d. Security Cage door (site-dependent) e. Padlocks for electrical equipment (site-dependent) f. Charger dispensers (site-dependent) 4. Unpack Battery Rack per CATL 280Ah Liquid Cooling Rack User Manual or CATL EnerOne+ Userâ€™s Manual section 5.3.1 â€œUnpacking.â€ 5. Perform visual inspection of the Battery Rack: a. Check that the Battery Rack enclosure is ï¬‚at, undeformed, has a uniform color, and has no damage to the enclosure body or exterior coating. b. Check that logos, labels, and indications are clear and not faded or damaged. 6. Unpack the Ancillary Rack (Frame and Roof Support). 9 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (2/9) 7. Perform visual inspection of the Ancillary Rack: a. Check that there is no damage or deformation to the body or coating of the Control Enclosure, Inverter, and the Ancillary Rackâ€™s structural members. b. Check that the two screws on the Ancillary Rack shown here (one on each side) are not loose, damaged, etc. c. Check that the logos and labels are clear. d. Check that all 6 conduit ï¬ttings shown are tight at their interfaces to the conduits and enclosures. If any are loose, retighten and maintain uniform gasket compression. 2x âš WARNING! Do not proceed if damage to the Battery Rack or Ancillary Rack is found. Contact Electric Era at 1-(507)-702-0312 to determine next steps if damage is found. 8. Check that signage is applied to the Battery Rack and Ancillary Rack according to the â€œSignageâ€ section of this document, and apply the signage if it is not. Also apply any other signage not covered in this document, required by the site according to regulations, best practices, and site-speciï¬c plans. 10 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (3/9) 9. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices with trained personnel according to regulations and the instructions in this document. a. Drill holes and install all 9x Battery Rack anchors and 8x Ancillary Rack anchors according to step 3 of the SDGâ€™s â€œPowerNode Nexus Mechanical Installation Instructionsâ€ section. b. Site-dependent: If a PN Nexus Security Cage is chosen to be installed, drill holes and install 6x Security Cage anchors according to step 3 of the SDGâ€™s â€œPowerNode Nexus Mechanical Installation Instructionsâ€ section. 10. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices with trained personnel according to regulations and the instructions in this document. Perform mechanical installation of the Battery Rack according to step 4 of the SDGâ€™s â€œPowerNode Nexus Mechanical Installation Instructionsâ€ section. 11. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices with trained personnel according to regulations and the instructions in this document. Perform mechanical installation of the Ancillary Rack according to steps 5 and up of the SDGâ€™s â€œPowerNode Nexus Mechanical Installation Instructionsâ€ section. 12. Ensure all power is shut down: a. Open the Battery Rack left door and move the Battery Rack Isolating Switch QS1 to the â€œOffâ€ Position and lock out/tag out. b. Move inverter AC switch & DC switches to the â€œOFFâ€ position, and lock out/tag out both. c. De-energize and lock out/tag out the 480V AC 3-phase source that feeds the inverter. d. De-energize and lock out/tag out the 480V AC 1-phase source that feeds the Control Enclosure. 11 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (4/9) 13. âš DANGER! Do not proceed with this step or any later step until system and source are de-energized and LOTO as per the previous step. Perform the actions instructed in the SDGâ€™s â€œConnect 480V AC 3-phase Power to Inverterâ€ section. Check the following: a. 480V AC power has been connected properly: as per SDG, check torque on 480V ground lug and 3 phase lugs at inverter, and check phase rotation is clockwise. b. Conduit is properly connected to inverter. 14. Perform the actions instructed in the SDGâ€™s â€œConnect 480V AC 1-Phase Power To Control Enclosureâ€ section. Check the following: a. 480V AC power has been connected properly to terminal blocks in Control Enclosure per SDG and terminals are fully tightened (pull-test wires to conï¬rm). b. Conduit is properly connected to Control Enclosure. 15. Perform the actions instructed in the SDGâ€™s â€œConnect Ethernet Cables from Site Power Meter, Dispensers, & Siteâ€ section. Check the following, and close and lock the Control Enclosure when ï¬nished: a. Ethernet cables from dispensers are connected to proper locations in Control Enclosureâ€™s ethernet switch. b. Conduit is properly connected to Control Enclosure. 16. Perform the actions instructed in the SDGâ€™s â€œConnect Auxiliary Power & Comms Cables from Control Enclosure to Battery Rackâ€ section. Check the following: a. Precut grommet is applied to Battery Rack right cable entry hole. b. Cable harnesses are pulled through conduit & secured with cable ties to tie points in Battery Rack left-hand bay. c. Auxiliary power & communications cables JXH1 & JX1 (for model numbers containing V2.2) or JX3 (for model numbers containing V2.3) are connected to proper locations and locked in place. 17. Perform the actions instructed in the SDGâ€™s â€œConnect High-Voltage DC Power Cables from Inverter to Battery Rackâ€ section. Check the following: a. Precut grommet is applied to Battery Rackâ€™s left cable entry slot. b. Inverterâ€™s ground cable lug is routed behind Battery Rackâ€™s foot & through Battery Rackâ€™s left cable entry slot, & is torqued to spec in proper location on Battery Rack as per SDG. c. High-voltage DC power cables HV+ & HV- are pulled through conduit and connected to proper locations at Battery Rack, and locked in place. d. High-voltage DC power cables HV+ & HV- have compression lugs installed and torqued to HV DC bus bars in inverter per SDG, with small ring terminals included. e. Both Battery Rack cable entry ports are sealed from ingress with sealing compound. f. Inverter safety shield is installed. g. Inverter front panel is installed & torqued to spec as per the SDG. 12 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (5/9) 18. âš DANGER! For this step, in addition to any other personal protective equipment (PPE) required at the site, at minimum wear PPE for shock and arc ï¬‚ash according to the hazards listed below. Where more recently updated hazards at the site are available, wear PPE for actual site conditions. Do not wear metal jewelry. â—‹ 11 inches - Arc Flash Protection Boundary â—‹ 0.95 cal/cm2 Incident Energy Flash Risk at 18 inches â—‹ 1500 VDC - Shock Risk- Covers/Doors Open â—‹ 0 - Glove Class â—‹ 60 inches - Limited Approach Boundary â—‹ 20 inches - Restricted Approach Boundary For model numbers containing V2.2: Open the Battery Rack right-side door. Remove the HV DC link cable from the chiller handle in the Battery Rack left-hand bay and remove packaging. Remove the black rubber covers from the open HV ports on the top two battery modules in the Battery Rack right-hand bay. Install link cable to these ports. Push in fully and lock the two connectors. Pull-test the connectors to ensure they are locked. Close and lock the Battery Rack right-side door when ï¬nished. âš WARNING! Ensure that the HV DC link cable connectors are locked. MSD For model numbers containing V2.3: Open the Battery Rack right-side door. Remove the black rubber covers on each MSD before performing the actions instructed in the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual section 5.7 â€œMSD Installationâ€ to install and lock each MSD for 5 modules. Close and lock the Battery Rack right-side door when ï¬nished. Note: the CATL User Manual refers to 8 modules/MSDs even though there are only 5 in PN Nexus. âš WARNING! Ensure that the MSDs are locked. 13 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (6/9) 19. âš WARNING! Only use the ï¬re panel batteries speciï¬cally approved by Electric Era; risk of explosion if using the incorrect battery type. To test the ï¬re panel and reconnect backup batteries: a. Contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that they put the ï¬re system in â€œtestâ€ mode. Wait for their conï¬rmation before proceeding. b. Open the Control Enclosure door to allow access to the ï¬re panel located on the door. Using the ï¬re panel door key, unlock and open the ï¬re panel door. Using a Philips screwdriver, unscrew the two screws holding the fascia plate to the ï¬re panel and remove the fascia plate. c. Place two ï¬re panel batteries provided (Electric Era P/N 301-01263) in the bottom of the ï¬re panel and connect ï¬re panelâ€™s black battery-lead between the negative terminal of Battery 2 (right battery) and the negative battery input terminal on the ï¬re panel. d. Connect ï¬re panelâ€™s red battery-lead between the positive terminal of Battery 1 (left battery) and the positive battery input terminal on the ï¬re panel. e. Connect the jumper-lead from the negative terminal of Battery 1 to the positive terminal of Battery 2, to supply battery power to the ï¬re panel. Wait for the ï¬re panelâ€™s TROUBLE light to illuminate. Jumper wire Battery-leads (connected) from panel Battery 1 Battery 2 Battery 1 +terminal Battery 2 -terminal (connected) (connected) f. Contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and conï¬rm that the ï¬re communicator is online. g. Orient both batteries in the ï¬re panel with the battery terminals on top of the batteries, as shown to the right. Mark a visible â€œplaced into serviceâ€ date on the batteries. Close and lock the ï¬re panel door using the ï¬re panel door key. 14 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (7/9) 20. In the lower right corner of the Control Enclosure, open the door to the UPS battery by squeezing the tabs at the top. Insert the fuse attached to the UPS battery into the fuse socket at the base of the battery. Ensure the fuse is fully inserted into the socket. Close the UPS battery door so the tabs at the top re-latch. Close and lock the Control Enclosure door. UPS door UPS door tabs tabs Fuse 21. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices with trained personnel according to the instructions in this document, PowerNode Nexus Security Cage Manual instructions, regulations, and best practices. Site-dependent: If a PN Nexus Security Cage is chosen to be installed, close and lock both Battery Rack doors and then install the Security Cage as per the â€œPowerNode Nexus Security Cage Installation Instructionsâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Security Cage Manual. 15 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (8/9) Post-energization steps: may be completed after energizing AC power on site 22. âš DANGER! Do not proceed until the Battery Rack right-side door and Control Enclosure door are closed & locked, and the inverter front panel is installed. a. Remove lock out/tag out from the Battery Rack Isolating Switch QS1, and move QS1 to the â€œONâ€ Position. b. Remove lock out/tag out from 480V 1-phase control power at source, and energize it. c. Remove lock out/tag out from 480V 3-phase power at source, and energize it. d. Remove lock out/tag out for inverter AC & inverter DC disconnect switches, and move both switches to ON. Wait 3 minutes, and then check that the Battery Rack indicator lights are as shown below before proceeding. System status Indicator light for Indicator light for Alarm indicator light â¬¤ secondary circuit â¬¤ primary circuit â¬¤ Power ON Green light is ON Red light is OFF Yellow light is OFF 23. Contact an Electric Era remote battery system operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that they provide measurements of the following system parameters. Record the parameters provided where applicable: a. Maximum temperature: ________ Minimum temperature: ________ Conï¬rm that the difference between the maximum and minimum temperatures is â‰¤5Â° C before proceeding. b. Maximum voltage: ________ Minimum voltage: ________ Conï¬rm that the difference between the maximum and minimum voltages is â‰¤20mV before proceeding. c. Conï¬rm the bus voltage is in the normal range (728V - 936V). d. Request that the remote operator remotely perform an end-to-end alert test, check that the alert system is operational for the unit, and conï¬rm that no unexpected alerts are ï¬ring from the system. 24. Close and lock the left Battery Rack door. Check that all PN Nexus doors are now closed & locked. 16 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (9/9) Full system test steps: completed after all prior steps 25. Prerequisite: If not done already, complete any installation steps required to bring the rest of the charging station site to full operability. When charging station installation is complete, request that an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 remotely send PowerNode Nexus into normal running mode with site power limit set to minimum to do initial power testing. Pre-condition and fast-charge an EV at a minimum power of 30 kW for 10 minutes at minimum. When instructed by the Electric Era remote operator, stop charging the EV and allow the PN Nexus battery to recharge for 10 minutes minimum. After letting the PN Nexus battery recharge for that duration, conï¬rm with the Electric Era remote operator that there were no generated faults. 26. Contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that they take the PN Nexus ï¬re system out of â€œtestâ€ mode. Wait for their conï¬rmation. 17 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (1/7) The checklist below contains critical checkpoints in the commissioning process. One column is provided to record any measured values/recorded data where applicable and/or any errors as they arise. See â€œCommissioning Instructionsâ€ for detailed instructions corresponding to these steps. No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 1 Concrete pad preparation Concrete Pad is prepared per Site ðŸ®± OK Design Guideâ€™s (SDG) Mechanical ðŸ®± NG Installation Instructions step 1; conduits & anchors installed 2 Guard post installation If required by site-speciï¬c plans, ðŸ®± OK guard posts are installed per SDGâ€™s ðŸ®± NG Mechanical Installation Instructions ðŸ®± N/A step 2 3 Key storage Battery Rack, Fire Panel, Control ðŸ®± OK Enclosure padlock, and other ðŸ®± NG applicable keys stored in secure lockbox on-site, readily accessible only by authorized personnel; key location recorded & shared with Electric Era representative 4 Battery Rack unpacking Battery Rack is unpacked from ðŸ®± OK packaging ðŸ®± NG 5a Battery Rack enclosure Battery Rack enclosure is ï¬‚at, ðŸ®± OK inspection undeformed, has a uniform color, ðŸ®± NG and has no damage to the enclosure body or exterior coating 5b Battery Rack graphics Battery Rack logos, labels, and ðŸ®± OK inspection indications are clear and not faded ðŸ®± NG or damaged 6 Ancillary Rack unpacking Ancillary Rack (Frame & Roof ðŸ®± OK Weldment) is unpacked ðŸ®± NG 18 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (2/7) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 7a Ancillary Rack enclosure No damage or deformation to body ðŸ®± OK inspection or coating of Control Enclosure, ðŸ®± NG Inverter, and Ancillary Rackâ€™s structural members 7b Ancillary Rack screws The two Ancillary Rack screws ðŸ®± OK inspection indicated in instructions are not ðŸ®± NG loose, damaged, etc. 7c Ancillary Rack label Ancillary Rack logos & labels are ðŸ®± OK inspection clear ðŸ®± NG 7d Ancillary Rack conduit ï¬tting All (6x) Ancillary Rack conduit ðŸ®± OK inspection ï¬ttings are tight at interface to both ðŸ®± NG conduits and enclosures 8 Signage All signage is applied according to ðŸ®± OK â€œsignageâ€ section and other site ðŸ®± NG requirements 9a Battery Rack & Ancillary Rack 9x Battery Rack anchors installed; ðŸ®± OK anchors installed 8x Ancillary Rack anchors installed ðŸ®± NG 9b Security Cage anchors Site-dependent: where applicable, ðŸ®± OK installed 6x Security Cage anchors installed ðŸ®± NG ðŸ®± N/A 10 Battery Rack mechanically Battery Rack mechanically installed; ðŸ®± OK installed 9x Battery Rack anchor nuts ðŸ®± NG tightened to spec 11 Ancillary Rack mechanically Ancillary Rack installed per SDGâ€™s ðŸ®± OK installed Mechanical Installation Instructions ðŸ®± NG steps 5 & up; nuts torqued to spec 19 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (3/7) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 12a Battery Rack QS1 switch OFF Battery Rack QS1 switch is set to ðŸ®± OK OFF and locked out/tagged out ðŸ®± NG (LOTO) 12b Inverter AC & DC disconnect Inverter AC & DC switches are set to ðŸ®± OK switches OFF OFF and LOTO ðŸ®± NG 12c Main 480V source 480V AC 3-phase source ðŸ®± OK de-energized de-energized & LOTO ðŸ®± NG 12d Control 480V source 480V AC 1-phase source ðŸ®± OK de-energized de-energized & LOTO ðŸ®± NG 13a 480V AC 3-phase power to 480VAC power & 480VAC ground ðŸ®± OK inverter connection complete connected properly; phase rotation ðŸ®± NG is clockwise per SDG; lugs torqued to spec as per SDG 13b 480V AC 3-phase power to Conduit connected to inverter ðŸ®± OK inverter conduit connected ðŸ®± NG 14a 480V AC 1-phase power to 480VAC power & 480VAC ground ðŸ®± OK Control Enclosure connection connected properly; terminals ðŸ®± NG complete tightened and pull-tested 14b 480V AC 1-phase power to Conduit connected to Control ðŸ®± OK inverter conduit connected Enclosure ðŸ®± NG 15a Ethernet cables from Ethernet cables from dispensers are ðŸ®± OK dispensers to control connected to correct locations on ðŸ®± NG enclosure connection Ethernet switch complete 15b Ethernet cables from Conduit connected to control ðŸ®± OK dispensers to control enclosure ðŸ®± NG enclosure conduit connected 20 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (4/7) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 16a Battery Rack right cable entry Precut grommet is applied to ðŸ®± OK hole grommet applied Battery Rack right cable entry hole ðŸ®± NG 16b Auxiliary power & Cable harnesses are pulled through ðŸ®± OK communications cables from conduit & secured with cable ties to ðŸ®± NG control enclosure to Battery tie points Rack conduit secured 16c Auxiliary power & Auxiliary power & communications ðŸ®± OK communications cables from cables JXH1 & JX1/JX3 from ðŸ®± NG control enclosure to Battery control enclosure to Battery Rack Rack connection complete are connected in correct locations 17a Battery Rack left cable entry Precut grommet is applied to ðŸ®± OK slot grommet applied Battery Rack left cable entry slot ðŸ®± NG 17b Ground cable from inverter to Inverter ground cable is routed ðŸ®± OK Battery Rack connection behind Battery Rack foot & through ðŸ®± NG complete Battery Rack left cable entry slot, and is connected in correct location & torqued to spec as per SDG 17c High-voltage DC power High-voltage DC power cables HV+ ðŸ®± OK cables connected to Battery & HV- are pulled through conduit ðŸ®± NG Rack and connected to proper locations at Battery Rack, and locked in place 17d High-voltage DC power High-voltage DC power cables HV+ ðŸ®± OK cables connected to inverter & HV- have compression lugs ðŸ®± NG installed and torqued to HV DC bus bars in inverter per SDG, with small ring terminals included 17e Battery Rack cable entry Both Battery Rack cable entry ports ðŸ®± OK ports sealed sealed with sealing compound ðŸ®± NG 21 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (5/7) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 17f Inverter safety shield Inverter safety shield is installed. ðŸ®± OK installation ðŸ®± NG 17g Inverter front panel Inverter front panel is installed & ðŸ®± OK installation torqued to spec as per the SDG. ðŸ®± NG 18 MSD/DC link cable 1 DC link cable installed and locked ðŸ®± OK installation in Battery Rack (for model numbers ðŸ®± NG containing V2.2) or 5 MSDs installed and locked in Battery Rack (for model numbers containing V2.3) 19a Fire system in test mode Fire system is in test mode, ðŸ®± OK conï¬rmed by remote operator ðŸ®± NG 19c Fire panel black battery lead Fire panelâ€™s black battery-lead ðŸ®± OK connected connected to Battery 2â€™s negative ðŸ®± NG terminal 19d Fire panel red battery lead Fire panelâ€™s red battery-lead ðŸ®± OK connected connected to Battery 1â€™s positive ðŸ®± NG terminal 19e Fire panel battery jumper Fire panel batteryâ€™s jumper leads ðŸ®± OK leads connected connected from Battery 1â€™s negative ðŸ®± NG terminal to Battery 2â€™s positive terminal; ï¬re panelâ€™s TROUBLE light is illuminated 19f Fire communicator is online Remote operator conï¬rms that ï¬re ðŸ®± OK communicator is online ðŸ®± NG 22 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (6/7) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 19g Fire panel batteries 2 ï¬re panel batteries inserted into ðŸ®± OK positioned & marked ï¬re panel in correct orientation & ðŸ®± NG marked with â€œplaced into serviceâ€ date 20 UPS battery fuse installed UPS battery fuse installed; UPS ðŸ®± OK battery door closed & latched ðŸ®± NG 21 Security Cage installed Site-dependent: where applicable, ðŸ®± OK PN Nexus Security Cage installed ðŸ®± NG per Security Cage Manualâ€™s ðŸ®± N/A Installation Instructions; concrete anchors & cage bolts torqued to spec 22a Battery Rack primary circuit Battery Rack QS1 switch set to ON ðŸ®± OK energized & LOTO removed ðŸ®± NG 22b Control power source 480V 1-phase power energized & ðŸ®± OK energized LOTO removed ðŸ®± NG 22c Main power source energized 480V 3-phase power energized & ðŸ®± OK LOTO removed ðŸ®± NG 22d Inverter AC & DC switches Inverter AC & DC switches set to ON ðŸ®± OK energized & LOTO removed; Battery Rack ðŸ®± NG indicator lights match green ON, red OFF, yellow OFF 23 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (7/7) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 23a System parameter check Max & Min temperature recorded; ðŸ®± OK temperature difference between max & min ðŸ®± NG temperature â‰¤5Â°C as indicated by remote supervising station 23b System parameter check Max & Min voltage recorded; ðŸ®± OK voltage difference between max & min ðŸ®± NG voltage â‰¤20mV as indicated by remote supervising station 23c Battery Rack bus voltage Battery Rack bus voltage between ðŸ®± OK check 728V-936V ðŸ®± NG 23d Remote manual alert & Remote operator conï¬rms alert ðŸ®± OK system health check system is operational & no ðŸ®± NG unexpected alerts from system 24 Doors locked All PN Nexus doors are closed & ðŸ®± OK locked ðŸ®± NG 25 Test with electric vehicle Remote operator conï¬rms no faults ðŸ®± OK generated after PN Nexus ðŸ®± NG discharge/charge performed as per instructions 26 Fire system out of test mode Remote operator conï¬rms that ï¬re ðŸ®± OK system is taken out of test mode ðŸ®± NG 24 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING SIGNAGE (1/4) See below for content and location that signage must be placed on PowerNode Nexus. Note that additional signage not covered in this document may also need to be labeled in the ï¬eld according to regulations and site-speciï¬c plans. Front View Side View I F H H G L F F H D L L K E L G J B A C 25 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING SIGNAGE (2/4) Label ID Label Text A [See following image] B [See following image] C ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM TYPE OF TECHNOLOGY: Lithium Iron Phosphate SPECIAL HAZARDS: Fire, Explosion, Reignition, Toxic Fumes from Fire/Damage EMERGENCY CONTACT: 1-229-696-4312 SUPPRESSION SYSTEM: Automatic Aerosol Extinguisher D DANGER ARC FLASH HAZARD 22 inches Arc Flash Protection Boundary 2 cal/cm2 Incident Energy Flash Risk at 16 inches SHOCK RISKS 1000 V DC - Shock Risk- Door Open & MSD Removed 0 - Glove Class 42 inches - Limited Approach Boundary 12 inches - Restricted Approach Boundary APPROPRIATE PPE REQUIRED FOR BOTH ARC FLASH AND SHOCK RISKS LOCATION: Calculated 12/11/2023 E WARNING ARC FLASH HAZARD 27 inches Arc Flash Protection Boundary 9 cal/cm2 Incident Energy Flash Risk at 8 inches SHOCK RISKS 480 V AC - Shock Risk- Covers/Doors Open 00 - Glove Class 42 inches - Limited Approach Boundary 12 inches - Restricted Approach Boundary APPROPRIATE PPE REQUIRED FOR BOTH ARC FLASH AND SHOCK RISKS LOCATION: Calculated 12/11/2023 F DANGER Hazardous voltage will cause severe injury or death. LOCK OUT POWER before servicing. G DANGER Hazardous voltage. Devices inside this panel contain stored electrical energy. Make sure devices are properly discharged before servicing. H ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM DISCONNECT NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 832VDC AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT 12.2kADC 26 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING SIGNAGE (3/4) Label ID Label Text I WARNING: ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD TERMINALS ON THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION J WARNING HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE FED BY TWO SOURCES DISCONNECT ALL SOURCES OF POWER BEFORE SERVICING K WARNING Authorized personnel only. L [See following image] 27 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual COMMISSIONING SIGNAGE (4/4) Label â€œAâ€ (adhesive-backed aluminum plate): Label â€œBâ€ (adhesive-backed aluminum plate): Note: Model Number, Serial Number, & Date of Manufacture may vary for each unit. Label â€œLâ€: 28 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION MAIN OPERATIONAL FUNCTIONALITY â— The Energy Storage Management System (ESMS) can automatically detect power draw at the site and battery status such as state of charge (SoC), temperature, etc., in order to to determine whether to discharge into the local grid to bring down the realized power draw to the grid, or to recharge below an economic set point and a safety set point. â— The ESMS can detect errors such as battery overtemperature, undertemperature, overcharge, overdischarge, and failure or loss of communication between various components and systems in order to protect the system, typically by opening the battery contactors and notifying the operator in order to troubleshoot or initiate safety procedures. â— The battery system has functions such as insulation detection, high-voltage sampling, and status check of safety devices such as MSD and fuse. When the battery fails, the system will report and limit the charge or discharge current or power, delay the opening of the contactor, and protect the safety of the power system. â— The battery system can control the cooling, heating, and temperature settings of the liquid cooling unit. â— The Battery Rack is equipped with a ï¬re extinguishing system which can detect the temperature and smoke status in the Battery Rack in real time, sound an alarm inside the enclosure, and automatically dispense an extinguishing aerosol after a time delay if both smoke and heat detectors are triggered, to prevent ï¬re safety accidents such as accidental battery ï¬re. The alarm is also transmitted to an approved remote supervising station in compliance with NPFA 72 to facilitate further response as needed. â—‹ Extinguisher: Stat-X Fire Suppression System part no. 15120 - see â€œStat-X Fire Suppression Systems Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manualâ€ for details â—‹ Smoke detector: Apollo Series 65a Photoelectric Smoke Detector with Flashing LED and magnetic test (Part No. 55000-326), UL 268 listed â—‹ Heat detector: Apollo Series 65a Heat Detector - 170Â°F with Flashing LED (Part No. 55000-142USA), UL 521 listed, 135Â°F alarm threshold, 1 second RTI â—‹ Fire control panel & alarm: Potter ARC-100 - includes secondary power supply for 24 hours in standby and 2 hours in alarm- see â€œSigma A-XT Releasing Fire Control Panel Installation and Operation Manualâ€ for details â— The ESMSâ€™s functions can be controlled manually and remotely by an Electric Era operator if needed to perform non-automated tasks. 29 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATING SWITCHES AND DISCONNECTS Main power is supplied to PowerNode Nexus from a 480V AC 3-phase source, and controls power is supplied from a 480V AC 1-phase source, both of which must be installed with a disconnecting means. The Battery Rack secondary/low-voltage circuit is controlled by the QF1 & QF2 switches on the Battery Rack control box. QF1 controls the Battery Rack control system, and QF2 controls the chiller. The QF1 & QF2 switches are â€œOnâ€ when up, and â€œOffâ€ when down. Accessing the QF1 & QF2 switches requires temporarily removing a moisture-protection metal cover with Phillips-head screws, which must be reinstalled after completing work. The Battery Rack primary/high-voltage DC isolating switch QS1 is on the Battery Rack control box as shown below. The QS1 switch disconnects the Battery Rack from the inverter, and cannot be operated under load. The QS1 switch is â€œOnâ€ when in the vertical position, and â€œOffâ€ when in the horizontal position. The inverterâ€™s AC switch and DC switch locations are shown below. The AC switch controls the connection between the inverter and its 480V AC 3-phase power source. The DC switch controls the inverterâ€™s connection to the Battery Rack. Both inverter switches are â€œOnâ€ when in the vertical position and â€œOffâ€ when in the horizontal position. Inverter AC Switch Battery Rack Isolating Switch QS1 Inverter DC Switch Battery Rack QF1 & QF2 switches Battery Rack Control Box 30 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION SYSTEM AND SOURCE STARTUP (1/2) âš WARNING! Always follow the precautions in the â€œGeneral Precautionsâ€ section of this manual. To start up/energize PowerNode Nexus, perform the following steps in order: 1. Ensure that the right-side Battery Rack door is closed and locked. âš DANGER! Do not proceed until the right-side Battery Rack door is closed and locked. 2. Check that the Battery Rack indicator lights are as shown below. If indicator lights do not match, shut the system down according to the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ instructions of this document, and restart the procedure. System status Indicator light for Indicator light for Alarm indicator light â¬¤ secondary circuit â¬¤ primary circuit â¬¤ Power OFF Green light is OFF Red light is OFF Yellow light is OFF 3. Contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that they put the ï¬re system in â€œtestâ€ mode. Wait for their conï¬rmation before proceeding. 4. If the ï¬re panel batteries in the Control Enclosure were disconnected when the system was shut off (e.g. when system is shut down for >24 hours), perform the following actions. If the ï¬re panel batteries were not disconnected, skip to the next step. a. Open the Control Enclosure door to allow access to the ï¬re panel located on the door. Using the ï¬re panel door key, unlock and open the ï¬re panel door. Use a Philips screwdriver to remove the two screws holding the fascia plate to the panel and remove the fascia plate. Shift the two batteries near the bottom of the panel to expose their terminals. Connect the jumper-lead from the negative terminal of Battery 1 to the positive terminal of Battery 2 to supply battery power to the ï¬re panel. Wait for the ï¬re panelâ€™s TROUBLE light to illuminate. b. Contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and conï¬rm that the ï¬re communicator is online. Shift the batteries back into normal position in the panel with the terminals on top of the batteries. Reinstall the fascia plate. c. Close and lock Normal the ï¬re panel battery door using the Jumper wire orientation ï¬re panel door (connected) key. Close and lock the Control Enclosure door. 31 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION SYSTEM AND SOURCE STARTUP (2/2) 5. Remove lock out/tag out from the Battery Rack Isolating Switch QS1, and move QS1 to the â€œOnâ€ position. 6. Remove lock out/tag out from the 480V AC 1-phase source that feeds control power to the Control Enclosure, and energize the source. 7. Remove lock out/tag out from the 480V AC 3-phase source that feeds the inverter, and energize the source. 8. Remove lock out/tag out from the inverter AC switch and DC switch, and move both inverter switches to the â€œOnâ€ position. Wait 3 minutes, and then check that the Battery Rack indicator lights are as shown below. If the indicator lights do not match, contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 to troubleshoot. If the indicator lights do match, contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that they set the system to â€œActiveâ€ mode and that they conï¬rm the system is operating normally with no unexpected alarms before proceeding. System status Indicator light for Indicator light for Alarm indicator light â¬¤ secondary circuit â¬¤ primary circuit â¬¤ Power ON Green light is ON Red light is OFF Yellow light is OFF 9. âš WARNING! Do not proceed until the remote operator conï¬rms there are no alarms in the previous step. Contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that they take the ï¬re system out of â€œtestâ€ mode. Wait for their conï¬rmation before proceeding. 10. Close and lock the Battery Rack left-side door. PowerNode Nexus is now ready for operation. 32 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION SYSTEM AND SOURCE SHUTDOWN (1/2) Note: When there is charging and discharging ï¬‚ow in the main circuit of the battery system, the system will not be able to carry out the system shutdown operation. âš WARNING! Always follow the precautions in the â€œGeneral Precautionsâ€ section of this manual. To shut down PowerNode Nexus, perform the following steps in order: 1. Ensure that the right-side Battery Rack door is closed and locked. Open the left-side Battery Rack door. âš DANGER! Do not proceed until the right-side Battery Rack door is closed and locked. 2. Contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that they put the system in â€œStandbyâ€ mode. Then check that the Battery Rack indicator lights are as shown below before proceeding. If the indicator lights do not match, request that the remote operator troubleshoot until the lights do match before proceeding. System status Indicator light for Indicator light for Alarm indicator light â¬¤ secondary circuit â¬¤ primary circuit â¬¤ Standby Green light- any Red light is OFF Yellow light- any status status ok ok 3. Contact an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that they put the ï¬re system in â€œtestâ€ mode. Wait for their conï¬rmation before proceeding. 4. Move the Battery Rack Isolating Switch QS1 to the â€œOffâ€ Position and lock out/tag out. 5. Close and lock the Battery Rack left-side door. Both Battery Rack doors should now be closed and locked. 6. Move the inverter AC switch and DC switch to the â€œOffâ€ position, and lock out/tag out both switches. 7. De-energize and lock out/tag out the 480V AC 3-phase source that feeds the inverter. 8. De-energize and lock out/tag out the 480V AC 1-phase source that feeds control power to the Control Enclosure. 33 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION SYSTEM AND SOURCE SHUTDOWN (2/2) âš DANGER! The inside of the Control Enclosure still has hazardous voltage from the UPS. Wait 30 minutes for the UPS to shut off its 230V AC output before opening the Control Enclosure. 9. Check that the Battery Rack indicator lights are as shown below before proceeding. System status Indicator light for Indicator light for Alarm indicator light â¬¤ secondary circuit â¬¤ primary circuit â¬¤ Power OFF Green light is OFF Red light is OFF Yellow light is OFF 10. âš DANGER! Do not perform this step until 30 minutes after de-energizing the system. If the system is going to be shut down for 24 hours or more, then perform the following actions to disconnect the ï¬re panel batteries. If the system is not going to be shut down for 24 hours or more, skip this step. a. Open the Control Enclosure door to allow access to the ï¬re panel located on the door. Using the ï¬re panel door key, unlock and open the ï¬re panel door. Using a Philips screwdriver, remove the two screws securing the fascia plate, and remove the fascia plate. b. Shift the two batteries near the bottom of the panel to expose their terminals. To remove battery power from the ï¬re panel, disconnect the jumper wire that connects the terminals of the two batteries together. c. Reinstall the fascia plate. Close and lock the ï¬re panel door using the ï¬re panel door key. Close and lock the Control Enclosure door. Normal battery Jumper wire orientation (connected) 34 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION OPERATING MODES Mode Description Indicator Set By Function Active All circuits closed, all Command Remote Ready to devices on, batteries Console reports command from autonomously ready to charge or â€œOKâ€ battery Electric Era charge or discharge status operator discharge Standby Contactors open, Command Remote Troubleshooting, safety & control Console reports command from adjusting computing devices â€œOut of Serviceâ€ Electric Era parameters active battery status operator Faulted Contactors open, Command Automatically by Automatic safe safety & control Console reports health-check mode to await computing devices â€œFaultedâ€ battery software on operator active status PowerNode in troubleshooting the event of a fault Requires remote command from Electric Era operator to exit 35 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION POTENTIAL OPERATING ERRORS (1/3) Condition System Automated Operator Equipment Host Operator Response Equipment Response Alerting Alerting Method Host Method Response The ï¬re The inverter is Signal issued Remote supervising Trained remote supervising station Follow ï¬re suppression commanded to stop all to the station contacts operator evaluates signal for false emergency systemâ€™s heat operation. The ï¬re approved equipment host alarm and notiï¬es emergency procedures OR smoke suppression system remote promptly in an communication center in an if detector produces an alarm supervising approved fashion. approved fashion. instructed reports an signal received at an station and Status is updated in by active approved remote alert issued to the browser-accessed operator. condition. supervising station for the operator command console to ï¬re monitoring. on call. indicate the battery is not operational. The ï¬re The inverter is Signal issued Remote supervising Trained remote supervising station Follow ï¬re suppression commanded to stop all to the station contacts operator evaluates signal for false emergency systemâ€™s heat operation. The ï¬re approved equipment host alarm and notiï¬es emergency procedures AND smoke suppression system remote promptly in an communication center in an if detector activates and produces supervising approved fashion. approved fashion. instructed reports an an alarm signal station and Status is updated in by active received at an approved alert issued to the browser-accessed operator. condition. remote supervising the operator command console to station for ï¬re on call. indicate the battery is monitoring. not operational. The MBMU The battery contactors Alert issued to Status is updated in The operator uses telemetry No reports an are opened by the the operator the browser-accessed delivered over the system's Internet response overvoltage or MBMU automatically on call. command console to connection to diagnose the issue. If required. undervoltage via its built-in sequence, indicate the battery is the issue can be ï¬xed remotely via condition while terminating all battery not operational. remote command, the operator the system is activity. performs it and then commands the live. unit to close contactors (go live) and return to regular operation. Otherwise the operator contacts operations and maintenance (O&M) personnel as necessary to visit the site for electrical or mechanical repair work. 36 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION POTENTIAL OPERATING ERRORS (2/3) Condition System Automated Operator Equipment Host Operator Response Equipment Response Alerting Alerting Method Host Method Response The MBMU The battery contactors Alert issued to Status is updated in The operator uses telemetry No reports an over- are opened by the the operator the browser-accessed delivered over the system's Internet response temperature or MBMU automatically on call. command console to connection to diagnose the issue. If required. under- via its built-in sequence, indicate the battery is the issue can be ï¬xed remotely via temperature terminating all battery not operational. remote command, the operator while the activity. performs it and then commands the system is live. unit to close contactors (go live) and return to regular operation. Otherwise the operator contacts operations and maintenance (O&M) personnel as necessary to visit the site for electrical or mechanical repair work. The MBMU The MBMU returns to a Alert issued to Status is updated in The operator uses telemetry No reports a state where the the operator the browser-accessed delivered over the system's Internet response failure while contactors are open, on call. command console to connection to diagnose the issue. If required. transitioning to automatically. indicate the battery is the issue can be ï¬xed remotely via a live state (i.e. not operational. remote command, the operator closing performs it and then commands the contactors unit to close contactors (go live) and through its return to regular operation. Otherwise internal the operator contacts operations and process). maintenance (O&M) personnel as necessary to visit the site for electrical or mechanical repair work. The MBMU The battery contactors Alert issued to Status is updated in The operator uses telemetry No does not are opened via the the operator the browser-accessed delivered over the system's Internet response receive a MBMUâ€™s built-in on call. command console to connection to diagnose the issue. If required. command from watchdog capability. indicate the battery is the issue can be ï¬xed remotely via the EMS for not operational. remote command, the operator more than 3 performs it and then commands the seconds while unit to close contactors (go live) and the contactors return to regular operation. Otherwise are closed the operator contacts operations and (live). maintenance (O&M) personnel as necessary to visit the site for electrical or mechanical repair work. 37 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual OPERATION POTENTIAL OPERATING ERRORS (3/3) Condition System Automated Operator Equipment Host Operator Response Equipment Response Alerting Alerting Method Host Method Response The EMS does The battery contactors Alert issued to Status is updated in The operator uses telemetry No not receive are opened via a the operator the browser-accessed delivered over the system's Internet response inverter command to the on call. command console to connection to diagnose the issue. If required. telemetry for MBMU. indicate the energy the issue can be ï¬xed remotely via more than 3 storage system is not remote command, the operator seconds while operational. performs it and then commands the the contactors unit to close contactors (go live) and are closed return to regular operation. Otherwise (live). the operator contacts operations and maintenance (O&M) personnel as necessary to visit the site for electrical or mechanical repair work. The EMS does The inverter is Alert issued to Status is updated in The operator uses telemetry No not receive commanded to the operator the browser-accessed delivered over the system's Internet response MBMU disengage DC, which on call. command console to connection to diagnose the issue. If required. telemetry for will prevent any activity indicate the energy the issue can be ï¬xed remotely via more than 3 to the non-responsive storage system is not remote command, the operator seconds while HV system. operational. performs it and then commands the the contactors unit to reset and return to regular are closed operation. Otherwise the operator (live). contacts operations and maintenance (O&M) personnel as necessary to visit the site for electrical or mechanical repair work. The MBMU The battery contactors Alert issued to Status is updated in The operator uses telemetry No reports an are opened the MBMU the operator the browser-accessed delivered over the system's Internet response overcurrent automatically via its on call. command console to connection to diagnose the issue. If required. condition while built-in sequence, indicate the energy the issue can be ï¬xed remotely via the system is terminating all battery storage system is not remote command, the operator live. activity. operational. performs it and then commands the unit to close contactors (go live) and return to regular operation. Otherwise the operator contacts operations and maintenance (O&M) personnel as necessary to visit the site for electrical or mechanical repair work. 38 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FIRE / EXPLOSION âš WARNING! This entire section is inherently hazardous. Follow instructions in this manual in compliance with regulations and instructions from local authorities where applicable. 1. Evacuate the area to safety. 2. Delimit the safety isolation zone. 3. Call emergency services. 4. If you were exposed to smoke/vapors/battery contents or experienced burns, seek medical attention immediately. See Safety Data Sheet for the relevant CATL Battery Rack model for ï¬rst-aid measures depending on the level of exposure. 5. If you inhaled or contacted aerosol from the Battery Rackâ€™s ï¬re extinguishing system, refer to MSDS for â€œStat-X Fire Suppression Aerosol Generators - Models 30 thru 2500â€ (which is a subsection in the document â€œStat X Fire Suppression Systems Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manualâ€) for ï¬rst aid measures. 6. Call the Electric Era emergency contact representative at 1-(229)-696-4312 to notify them of the situation. 7. When it is safe to do so without coming near the dangerous area around the battery system, authorized personnel should move the disconnect switch to â€œOffâ€ on the 480V AC 3-phase source that feeds the Battery Rack from a remote panel, and lock out/tag out the switch. Do not approach the battery unit itself to use any of its built-in disconnect switches. 8. Emergency personnel should refer to the â€œFire ï¬ghting measuresâ€ section of the Safety Data Sheet for the relevant CATL Battery Rack model for ï¬re ï¬ghting measures for the batteries. 9. If a wire harness is smoking or on ï¬re, emergency personnel should use carbon dioxide or dry powder ï¬re extinguisher to extinguish the ï¬re. 10. If the liquid coolant is on ï¬re, emergency personnel should refer to the Safety Data Sheet for the coolant in the system (see â€œcoolant ï¬‚uid leakâ€ section of this document for details) for ï¬re ï¬ghting, ï¬rst aid measures, and containment/cleanup measures. 11. Once the ï¬re is extinguished, do not restart or approach the system. The batteries can potentially reignite. Call the Electric Era emergency contact representative at 1-(229)-696-4312 to determine next steps in compliance with local authorities. 39 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FLOODING âš WARNING! This entire section is inherently hazardous. Follow instructions in this manual in compliance with regulations and instructions from local authorities where applicable. If ï¬‚ooding is predicted but has not yet begun, and only if it is safe to do so, authorized personnel should shut off the source and system by following the instructions in the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of this manual. Call the Electric Era emergency contact representative at 1-(229)-696-4312 to notify them of the situation. The following steps apply after ï¬‚ooding begins. 1. Evacuate the area to safety, regardless of whether the system is powered on. 2. Delimit the safety isolation zone. 3. Call the Electric Era emergency contact representative at 1-(229)-696-4312 to notify them of the situation. 4. Do not restart or approach the system until the Electric Era emergency contact representative conï¬rms the systemâ€™s safety. 40 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual EMERGENCY OPERATIONS COOLANT FLUID LEAK âš WARNING! This entire section is inherently hazardous. Follow instructions in this manual in compliance with regulations and instructions from local authorities where applicable. The following steps are for situations where the moduleâ€™s coolant ï¬‚uid leaks. 1. For instructions on accidental release measures of coolant ï¬‚uid, including personal precautions, ï¬rst aid measures in response to accidental release/exposure, and containment/clean up by authorized personnel, refer to Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for the relevant coolant below depending on conditions. Note that these MSDSs are for fully concentrated ethylene glycol, but the actual system contains a diluted mixture of approximately 50% ethylene glycol/50% water. â—‹ If no coolant replacement has been done in the ï¬eld so that the Battery Rack is in as-built condition from the manufacturer, refer to MSDS for â€œMonoethylene Glycolâ€ from Revlogi Materials / Lopaltech JSLP L70-45. The coolant is pink in color. â—‹ If the coolant was replaced in the ï¬eld with â€œBASF GLYSANTIN G30 Pink,â€ refer to â€œSafety Data Sheet BASF GLYSANTIN G30 Pink.â€ The coolant is pink in color. â—‹ If the coolant was replaced with something else, refer to the MSDS for the coolant that is actually in the system. 2. Authorized personnel should move the disconnect switch to â€œOffâ€ on the 480V AC 3-phase source that feeds the Battery Rack from a remote panel, and lock out/tag out the switch. Do not approach the battery unit itself to use any of its built-in disconnect switches. 3. Call the Electric Era emergency contact representative at 1-(229)-696-4312 to notify them of the issue. Do not restart or approach the system until the Electric Era emergency contact representative conï¬rms the systemâ€™s safety. 41 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual EMERGENCY OPERATIONS BATTERY ELECTROLYTE LEAKAGE âš WARNING! This entire section is inherently hazardous. Follow instructions in this manual in compliance with regulations and instructions from local authorities where applicable. The following steps are for situations where the internal contents of the battery (electrolyte) leak. Be sure not to mistake coolant ï¬‚uid leak (see the â€œcoolant ï¬‚uid leakâ€ section of this document) or water intrusion for a battery electrolyte leak. If there is uncertainty as to whether a battery is leaking, call an Electric Era emergency contact representative at 1-(229)-696-4312 to troubleshoot. 1. Evacuate the area to safety. 2. Delimit the safety isolation zone. 3. Call emergency services. 4. If you were exposed to the battery contents (including through vapor inhalation), seek medical attention immediately. See Safety Data Sheet for the relevant CATL Battery Rack model for ï¬rst-aid measures depending on the level of exposure. 5. Call the Electric Era emergency contact representative at 1-(229)-696-4312 to notify them of the situation. 6. When it is safe to do so without coming near the dangerous area around the battery system, authorized personnel should move the disconnect switch to â€œOffâ€ on the 480V AC 3-phase source that feeds the Battery Rack from a remote panel, and lock out/tag out the switch. Do not approach the battery unit itself to use any of its built-in disconnect switches. 7. Refer to the â€œAccidental Release Measuresâ€ section of the Safety Data Sheet for the relevant CATL Battery Rack model for further emergency procedures, measures to be taken by emergency personnel, and clean-up methods to be followed by emergency personnel. 8. Once the leakage is contained, do not restart or approach the system. Call the Electric Era emergency contact representative at 1-(229)-696-4312 to determine next steps in compliance with local authorities. 42 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (1/10) âš WARNING! The following instructions apply to decommissioning an undamaged PowerNode Nexus. If PowerNode Nexus is damaged, the decommissioning steps must be reevaluated with Electric Era and relevant authorities depending on the situation. âš WARNING! All instructions below are to be performed in order by qualiï¬ed on-site personnel from Electric Era staff, or personnel appointed by Electric Era, with training dealing with high-voltage equipment, and coordinated with a remote Electric Era battery system operator. âš WARNING! Always follow the precautions in the â€œGeneral Precautionsâ€ section of this manual. 1. Perform the actions from the â€œSystem and Source Startupâ€ section of this document to energize the system and source. Call an Electric Era remote operator at 1-(507)-702-0312 and request that the system be charged/discharged to 25%-30% SoC, and wait for their conï¬rmation that the system is within 25%-30% SoC and not under load before proceeding. 2. Perform all actions from the â€œSystem and Source Shutdownâ€ section of this document to de-energize and lock out/tag out the system, but skip the ï¬nal step in that section involving disconnection of the ï¬re panel batteries. 43 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (2/10) 3. âš DANGER! Do not proceed with this step or any later steps until system and source have been de-energized and locked out/tagged out for at least 30 minutes. To remove the ï¬re panel backup batteries: a. Open the Control Enclosure door to allow access to the ï¬re panel located on the door. Using the ï¬re panel door key, unlock and open the ï¬re panel door. Using a Philips screwdriver, remove the two screws holding the fascia plate to the ï¬re panel and remove the fascia plate. b. Shift the batteries to expose the battery terminals, and disconnect the jumper-lead that connects the negative terminal of Battery 1 (left battery) to the positive terminal of Battery 2 (right battery). c. Disconnect the ï¬re panelâ€™s red battery-lead from the positive terminal of Battery 1. d. Disconnect the ï¬re panelâ€™s black battery-lead from the negative terminal of Battery 2. e. Remove the two batteries from the ï¬re panel and temporarily store them in a dry location. Do not throw away ï¬re panel batteries. Reinstall the fascia plate. Close and lock the ï¬re panel door using the ï¬re panel door key. Jumper wire Battery-leads (connected) from panel Battery 1 Battery 2 Battery 1 +terminal Battery 2 -terminal (connected) (connected) 44 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (3/10) 4. âš DANGER! Do not proceed until system and source are locked out/tagged out as per the previous step. âš DANGER! Do not proceed with this step or any further steps until system has been de-energized for 30 minutes. In the lower right corner of the Control Enclosure, open the door to the UPS battery by squeezing the tabs at the top. Remove the fuse from the fuse socket at the base of the UPS battery. Retain and securely store the fuse if the system is intended to be reused or reinstalled after decommissioning. Close the UPS battery door so the tabs at the top re-latch. Close and lock the Control Enclosure door. UPS door UPS door tabs tabs Fuse 5. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices with trained personnel according to the instructions in this document, PowerNode Nexus Security Cage Manual instructions, regulations, and best practices. Site-dependent: If a PN Nexus Security Cage is installed, uninstall the Security Cage as per the â€œPowerNode Nexus Security Cage Removal Instructionsâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Security Cage Manual, and place the Security Cage in a designated location. 45 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (4/10) 6. âš DANGER! For this step, in addition to any other personal protective equipment (PPE) required at the site, at minimum wear PPE for shock and arc ï¬‚ash according to the hazards listed below. Where more recently updated hazards at the site are available, wear PPE for actual site conditions. Do not wear metal jewelry. â—‹ 11 inches - Arc Flash Protection Boundary â—‹ 0.95 cal/cm2 Incident Energy Flash Risk at 18 inches â—‹ 1500 VDC - Shock Risk- Covers/Doors Open â—‹ 0 - Glove Class â—‹ 60 inches - Limited Approach Boundary â—‹ 20 inches - Restricted Approach Boundary For model numbers containing V2.2: Open the Battery Rack right-side door. Pull out the locking tabs on the positive and negative connectors of the topmost HV DC link cable connecting the top two battery modules as shown. Remove the cable and secure behind the handle on the chiller in the left-hand Battery Rack bay. Cover the exposed HV DC connectors with electrical tape. Close and lock the Battery Rack right-side door when ï¬nished. For model numbers containing V2.3: Open the Battery Rack left-side door, and then the Battery Rack right-side door. Remove the 5 MSDs in the locations shown here. Refer to the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual section 5.7 â€œMSD Installationâ€ for detailed instructions for this step. Put electrical tape over the MSD openings to completely cover and insulate their connectors. Close and lock the Battery Rack right-side door when ï¬nished. 46 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (5/10) 7. In order to disconnect the high-voltage DC power cables from the inverter to the Battery Rack (refer to the â€œConnect High-Voltage DC Power Cables from Inverter to Battery Rackâ€ section of the PowerNode Nexus Site Design Guide (SDG) for details): a. Open Battery Rack left door & remove sealing compound from the Battery Rack cable entry ports. b. Disconnect the HV- connector from the Battery Rack control box, and then disconnect the HV+ connector from the Battery Rack control box. Pull out the red locking tab on each prior to removing the connector. c. Remove the front panel of the inverter and remove the interior plastic safety shield. d. Disconnect the compression lugs on the other end of the power cables from the inverterâ€™s HV DC bus bars. Re-fasten the screws with small ring terminals attached to the bus bars. e. Pull the power cables through the conduit connecting the inverter and the Battery Rack. 8. In order to disconnect the auxiliary power and communication cables & ground cable from control enclosure to the Battery Rack, and to disconnect the ground cable from inverter to the Battery Rack: a. For model numbers containing V2.2: Disconnect the JXH1 and JX1 connectors (by pulling the locking tab/sheath) from the Battery Rack control box. For model numbers containing V2.3: Disconnect the JXH1 and JX3 connectors (both twist-lock) from the Battery Rack control box. Refer to the â€œConnect Auxiliary Pwr & Comms Cables from Control Enclosure to Battery Rackâ€ section of the SDG for details. Battery Rack cable entry ports 47 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (6/10) a. Remove the JXH1 & JX1/JX3 cables from the conduit that connects the Control Enclosure and Battery Rack. b. Disconnect the inverterâ€™s ground cable from the grounding bar at the bottom of the Battery Rack bay, & remove the ground cable out of the Battery Rack through the Battery Rack cable entry slot. Reinstall & torque its screw to the Battery Rack grounding bar. Refer to the SDG section â€œConnect High-Voltage DC Power Cables from Inverter to Battery Rackâ€ for details. Close and lock the left-side Battery Rack door. Both Battery Rack doors should now be closed and locked. Battery Rack cable entry ports Battery Rack grounding bar 9. In order to disconnect the ethernet cables from the dispensers to the Control Enclosure (refer to the â€œConnect Ethernet Cables from Site Power Meter, Dispensers, & Siteâ€ section of the SDG for details): a. Open the Control Enclosure door. Disconnect dispensersâ€™ ethernet cables from from the ethernet switch in the Control Enclosure. b. Disconnect the conduit ï¬tting from the Control Enclosure. c. Pull the ethernet cables back through the conduit or cut ï¬‚ush with conduit opening. 10. In order to disconnect the 480V AC 1-phase control power to the Control Enclosure: a. Disconnect Line 1, Line 2, and Ground wires from their respective terminal blocks. b. Disconnect the conduit ï¬tting from the Control Enclosure. c. Pull wires back through the conduit or cut ï¬‚ush with conduit opening. 48 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (7/10) 11. In order to disconnect the 480V AC 3-phase power cables from the inverter (refer to the â€œConnect 480V AC 3-phase Power to Inverterâ€ section of the SDG for details): a. Remove inverter front panel & interior safety shield. Disconnect 3 power cablesâ€™ lugs from inverter terminal, and then disconnect 480V ground lug from inverter ground terminal. b. Disconnect conduit ï¬tting from the inverter. c. Pull the cables back through the conduit or cut ï¬‚ush with the conduit opening. d. Reattach inverter interior safety shield and front panel. Torque front panel to 3.6 ft-lbs. 12. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices with trained and authorized personnel according to the instructions in this document, regulations, and best practices. In order to remove the Ancillary Rack from the Battery Rack: a. Stabilize the Ancillary Rack by hand with 2 people until instructed otherwise. Use lifting machinery rated for at least 700 lbs weight to securely support the weight of the Ancillary Rack by the inverter eye bolts, such that it will not fall, slip, or cause any other risk to safety or equipment damage when all the bolts that connect it to the Battery Rack and concrete pad are removed. Take care not to apply a lifting force strong enough to damage those bolted connections. Inverter Eye Bolts Support Weight 49 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (8/10) 12. (continued) b. With the Ancillary Rackâ€™s weight supported, unscrew and remove the nuts and washers from the eight 1/2â€ concrete anchors in the concrete pad. 8X c. With the Ancillary Rackâ€™s weight supported, unscrew and remove the two 1/2â€ screws that connect the Ancillary Rackâ€™s vertical members to the Ancillary Roof Support. This will cause the Ancillary Rackâ€™s vertical members and all connected equipment to be supported only by the lifting machinery. 50 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (9/10) 12. (continued) d. Unscrew the two 1/2â€ screws that attach the Ancillary Roof Support to the Battery Rack lifting eyes, and remove the Ancillary Roof Support. 2X e. Use the lifting machinery to move the rest of the Ancillary Frame straight up over the protruding concrete anchors in the pad, then back out away from the Battery Rack, and ï¬nally lower the Ancillary Frame horizontally down on a ï¬‚at surface (preferably padded) in a designated location. Once the Ancillary Frame is secured, it no longer needs to be stabilized by hand, and the lifting machinery can be removed. 51 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING INSTRUCTIONS (10/10) 13. Unscrew the 9 nuts that fasten the Battery Rack to the concrete padâ€™s anchors. Refer to the instructions found in the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.3) or CATL EnerOne+ Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.2) section 5.2 â€œFoundation Requirementâ€ step 2 for details on the anchor/nut locations, depending on the mounting conï¬guration. 14. âš WARNING! Follow safe lifting practices with trained and authorized personnel according to regulations, this documentâ€™s instructions, the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Battery Rack Rack Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.3) Lifting Lugs or CATL EnerOne+ Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.2), and best practices. âš WARNING! Always follow the precautions in the â€œGeneral Precautionsâ€ section of this manual. a. Contact Electric Era in advance to coordinate any transportation packaging needed and prepare for receipt of materials. When ready, transfer the Battery Rack and Ancillary Rack individually to a designated location by means of forklift transfer or hoisting. If the Battery Rack enclosure is intended to be reused after decommissioning, the Battery Rack lifting lug should be repainted after lifting. Pack and prepare the Battery Rack for transportation as per the instructions in the CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.3) or CATL EnerOne+ Userâ€™s Manual (for model numbers containing V2.2) section 4 â€œTransportation and Storage.â€ b. Pack and prepare the Ancillary Rack for transportation. c. Pack and prepare the keys for all PN Nexus doors (Battery Rack, ï¬re panel, Control Enclosure padlock, and site-dependent Security Cage) for transportation. d. Pack and prepare the two ï¬re panel batteries for transportation. 15. Coordinate with Electric Era staff for shipment of decommissioned materials to Electric Era headquarters for inspection, disposal, recycling (especially of batteries), and/or reuse, depending on the situation. Do not throw away lithium iron phosphate battery modules. For Battery Rack transportation requirements, refer to the CATL Userâ€™s Manual section 4 â€œTransportation and Storage.â€ 52 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (1/5) The checklist below contains critical steps/checkpoints/tests in the decommissioning process. One column is provided to record any measured values where applicable and/or any errors as they arise. See â€œDecommissioning Instructionsâ€ for detailed instructions corresponding to these steps. No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 1 Charge/discharge system to Electric Era operator conï¬rms ðŸ®± OK 25%-30% SoC Battery Rack at 25%-30% SoC and ðŸ®± NG not under load 2 Source & system shutdown Remote operator conï¬rms ï¬re ðŸ®± OK system is in test mode; Battery ðŸ®± NG Rack QS1 switch set OFF & LOTO; Battery Rack indicator lights show green OFF, red OFF, yellow OFF; both Battery Rack doors closed & locked; Inverter AC & DC switches set OFF & LOTO; 480V AC 3-phase and 1-phase sources de-energized & LOTO 3b Fire panel battery jumper Fire panel batteryâ€™s jumper leads ðŸ®± OK leads disconnected between batteries disconnected ðŸ®± NG 3c Fire panel red battery lead Fire panelâ€™s red battery-lead ðŸ®± OK disconnected disconnected from Battery 1â€™s ðŸ®± NG positive terminal 3d Fire panel black battery lead Fire panelâ€™s black battery-lead ðŸ®± OK disconnected disconnected from Battery 2â€™s ðŸ®± NG negative terminal 3e Fire panel batteries removed Both ï¬re panel batteries removed ðŸ®± OK from ï¬re panel & safely stored ðŸ®± NG 4 UPS battery fuse removed Fuse removed from UPS battery; ðŸ®± OK fuse retained & stored (optional); ðŸ®± NG UPS battery door closed & latched; control enclosure door closed & locked 53 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (2/5) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 5 Security Cage removal Site-dependent: PN Nexus Security ðŸ®± OK Cage removed per Security Cage ðŸ®± NG Manual, where applicable ðŸ®± N/A 6 MSD/DC Link cable removal 1 DC link cable uninstalled from ðŸ®± OK Battery Rack (for model numbers ðŸ®± NG containing V2.2) or 5 MSDs uninstalled from Battery Rack (for model numbers containing V2.3); electrical tape applied covering entire MSD or HV DC connector 7a Battery Rack cable entry Battery Rack cable entry portâ€™s ðŸ®± OK ports unsealed sealing compound removed ðŸ®± NG 7b High-voltage DC power HV- and HV+ cable connectors ðŸ®± OK cables from inverter to disconnected from Battery Rack ðŸ®± NG Battery Rack connectors control box disconnected 7d High-voltage DC power High-voltage DC power cable ðŸ®± OK cables disconnected from compression lugs disconnected ðŸ®± NG inverter from inverter and bolts/ring terminals re-fastened 7e High-voltage DC power Cables removed from conduit ðŸ®± OK cables removed from conduit connecting inverter to Battery Rack ðŸ®± NG 8a Aux power & comms cables Auxiliary power & communications ðŸ®± OK from control enclosure to cables (JXH1 & JX1/JX3) ðŸ®± NG Battery Rack disconnected disconnected from Battery Rack and removed control box and removed from conduit 8b Ground cable from inverter to Ground cable from inverter to ðŸ®± OK Battery Rack disconnected & Battery Rack is disconnected from ðŸ®± NG removed from Battery Rack grounding bar & pulled out; bolt reinstalled & torqued 54 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (3/5) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 9a Ethernet cables from Ethernet cables from dispensers are ðŸ®± OK dispensers to control disconnected from ethernet switch ðŸ®± NG enclosure disconnected in control enclosure 9b Conduit for ethernet cables Conduit for ethernet cables from ðŸ®± OK from dispensers to control dispensers to control enclosure is ðŸ®± NG enclosure disconnected disconnected from control enclosure 9c Ethernet cables from Ethernet cables from dispensers to ðŸ®± OK dispensers to control control enclosure are retracted ðŸ®± NG enclosure removed from from control enclosure or cut ï¬‚ush control enclosure with conduit 10a 480V AC 1-phase control Line 1, Line 2, and Ground wires are ðŸ®± OK power & ground wires disconnected from terminal blocks ðŸ®± NG disconnected in Control Enclosure 10b Conduit for 480V AC 1-phase Conduit for 480V AC 1-phase ðŸ®± OK control power disconnected control power is disconnected from ðŸ®± NG Control Enclosure 10c 480V AC 1-phase control 480V AC 1-phase control power ðŸ®± OK power wires removed wires are retracted from conduit or ðŸ®± NG cut ï¬‚ush with conduit 11a 480V AC 3-phase power & 480V AC 3-phase power cables & ðŸ®± OK ground cables to inverter 480V AC ground cable to inverter ðŸ®± NG disconnected are disconnected from inverter terminal 11b Conduit for 480V AC 3-phase Conduit for 480V AC 3-phase power ðŸ®± OK power cables to inverter cables is disconnected from ðŸ®± NG disconnected inverter 55 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (4/5) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 11c 480V AC 3-phase power & 480V AC 3-phase power & ground ðŸ®± OK ground cables to inverter cables to inverter are retracted from ðŸ®± NG removed inverter or cut ï¬‚ush with conduit 11d Inverter front cover & inverter Inverter front cover & inverter safety ðŸ®± OK safety shield reinstalled shield are reinstalled; front cover ðŸ®± NG torqued to 3.6 ft-lbs 12a Ancillary Rack weight Ancillary Rack weight is securely ðŸ®± OK supported supported by lifting machinery ðŸ®± NG 12b Ancillary Rack-to-concrete 8 nuts that connect the Ancillary ðŸ®± OK pad hardware disconnected Rack to the concrete padâ€™s anchors ðŸ®± NG are removed 12c Ancillary Rack vertical 2 screws that connect the Ancillary ðŸ®± OK members-to-Ancillary Roof Rack vertical members to the ðŸ®± NG Support hardware Ancillary Roof Support are removed disconnected 12d Ancillary Roof Support Ancillary Roof Supportâ€™s two screws ðŸ®± OK removal are disconnected from Battery Rack ðŸ®± NG lifting eyes and Roof Support is removed 12e Ancillary Frame removal Ancillary Frame removed from ðŸ®± OK Battery Rack & placed down on ï¬‚at ðŸ®± NG surface 13 Battery Rack anchor nuts All 9 nuts that fasten the Battery ðŸ®± OK removal Rack to the concrete padâ€™s anchors ðŸ®± NG are removed 14a Packing & transportation Battery Rack is packaged & ready ðŸ®± OK preparation: Battery Rack for transport per CATL User Manual ðŸ®± NG section 4; lifting lugs are repainted (situation-dependent); Electric Era is notiï¬ed of imminent shipment 56 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DECOMMISSIONING DECOMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (5/5) No. Item Pass Criteria Result Measured Value & (OK / Description of Error No-Go) (Where Applicable) 14b Packing & transportation Ancillary Rack is packaged & ready ðŸ®± OK preparation: Ancillary Rack for transport ðŸ®± NG 14c Packing & transportation All PN Nexus keys (Battery Rack, ðŸ®± OK preparation: Keys ï¬re panel, Control Enclosure ðŸ®± NG padlock, and site-dependent Security Cage) are packaged and ready for transport 14d Packing & transportation Both ï¬re panel batteries are ðŸ®± OK preparation: ï¬re panel packaged & ready for transport ðŸ®± NG batteries 15 Battery Rack & Ancillary Rack Battery Rack & Ancillary Rack are ðŸ®± OK shipment shipped to Electric Era headquarters ðŸ®± NG per CATL User Manual section 4; handling of decommissioned materials coordinated with Electric Era 57 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DOCUMENT INFO REFERENCED DOCUMENTS DOCUMENT NAME PowerNode Nexus Site Design Guide PowerNode Nexus Maintenance Guide PowerNode Nexus Speciï¬cations CATL 280 Ah Liquid Cooling Rack Userâ€™s Manual or CATL EnerOne+ Userâ€™s Manual Safety Data Sheet (for CATL Model Names O552280-P or R05285P10L31) Product Speciï¬cation: Outdoor Liquid Cooling Rack or Enerone+ 285 (1C) Product Speciï¬cation_20230323 Safety Data Sheet Revlogi Materials MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL Safety Data Sheet BASF GLYSANTIN G30 Pink PowerNode Nexus Security Cage Manual 58 Electric Era PowerNodeâ„¢ Nexus Commission, Operation, & Decommission Manual DOCUMENT INFO CHANGELOG Version ID Date Released Summary of Changes V2.1.0 2/5/2024 Full document release for PN Nexus V2.1 V2.1.1 3/4/2024 Added commissioning check for conduit ï¬tting tightness V2.2.0 11/1/2024 Full document release for PN Nexus V2.2 and V2.3 59 Hazard Mitigation Analysis for PowerNode Nexus Electric Era Technologies Seattle, WA, USA Bowtie Hazard Mitigation Analysis Product PowerNode Nexus Product version V2.2 Document version V3.0 Author Brian Sennett Reviewer Carter Timm Release date December 6, 2024 1 Hazard Threat Consequence Barrier Name Description x External risk The BESS is subject to factors during installation and normal use that are not internal to its design. x Impact Something has struck the battery system, causing mechanical damage or deformation. x Facility design Bollards are installed per Site Design Guide and local regulations to prevent vehicle contact with the battery. x Enclosure resiliency Enclosure has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechanical abuse. See drop test report and UL1973 test report. x Module resiliency Module has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechanical abuse. See UL1973 test report. x Cell resiliency Cell has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechancial abuse. See UL1973 and UL1642 test report. x Mechanical shock/drop The battery rack or module is subject to mechanical shock or drop during factory or field installation handling. x Process control Proper tooling, such as lifting eyes, slings, chain hoists, and cranes, is recommended and used to prevent mishandling of systems. x System design and quality control Battery rack has been designed to withstand such shocks. x Enclosure resiliency Enclosure has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechanical abuse. See drop test and UL1973 test report. x Module resiliency Module has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechanical abuse. See UL1973 test report. x Cell resiliency Cell has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechancial abuse. See UL1973 and UL1642 test report. x Water damage - flooding The system is flooded with water. x Facility design The placement of the battery is such that flooding is unlikely. x Passive circuit protection Breakers and fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Module design Modules are designed to IP66 to discourage water ingress. x Emergency action plan Operation manual provides instructions for how to inspect and operate a battery after a flood. x Water damage - condensation The system is subject to uncontrolled condensation. x Passive circuit protection Breakers and fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Module design Modules are designed to IP66 to discourage water ingress. x Electronics enclosure design Enclosures containing critical electronics are sealed against moisture ingress, to IP66, NEMA 4, or similar. x Salt water exposure Long term exposure of the system to environments that may result in long term corrosion. x System design and quality control System has been designed to withstand such exposure. x System maintenance Regular maintenance will minimize the impact of environmental effects. x Human factors An adverse condition caused by the result of human interaction, or error. x Training adequacy Commissioning, maintenance and decommissioning are carried out by trained, qualified, licensed staff using applicable manuals. x Access controls Wiring, switches, and other controls or potential hazard sources are located behind locked, impact-resistant guards. x Shipping and construction An issue during shipping or construction resulting in adverse conditions. x Process control Proper tooling, such as lifting eyes, slings, chain hoists, and cranes, is recommended and used to prevent mishandling of systems. x Enclosure resiliency Enclosure has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechanical abuse. See drop test and UL1973 test report. x Module resiliency Module has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechanical abuse. See UL1973 test report. x Cell resiliency Cell has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechancial abuse. See UL1973 and UL1642 test report. x Particulate accumulation Accumulation of particulate may result in adverse conditions. x Process control Quality control during manufacturing has been put in place to prevent accumulation of particulate from manufacturing processes. x Preventative maintenance Regular maintenance recommended by Electric Era, such as fan filter cleaning, will minimize the impact of environmental effects. x Module design Modules are designed to IP66 to prevent particulate ingress. x External fire impingement A fire is impinging on the system from outside. x Facility design The placement of the battery is such that external fires are unlikely to impact the battery per NFPA 855. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Seismic activity An earthquake may occur, inducing unusual loading onto the battery rack. x Site installation Battery is to be installed at sites that are within the seismic design threshold according to full system seismic analysis. x Enclosure resiliency Enclosure has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechanical abuse. See drop test and UL1973 test report. x Module resiliency Module has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechanical abuse. See UL1973 test report. x Cell resiliency Cell has been tested to withstand impacts, shocks, or other mechancial abuse. See UL1973 and UL1642 test report. x Single cell combustion A single cell has failed and is producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. 2 Hazard Threat Consequence Barrier Name Description x Single cell venting A single cell has failed and is producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module combustion Multiple cells have failed and are producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module venting Multiple cells have failed and are producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Deflagration Accumulation of off-gas creates explosion risk. x Deflagration venting Battery rack cabinet design allows deflagration (either upward or outward) without damage to rack structure or nearby personnel. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Physical damage to batteries Batteries are subject to thermal, electric, or physical abuse which would make their continued use subject to risk. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Battery damage or excessive degradation Batteries are subject to excessive degradation due to adverse conditions, resulting in premature end of life. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Non-cell thermal issues Components of the BESS that generate heat, or nearby components, are subject to damage. x Hazardous cell temperature High temperature at the cell level during normal operations without thermal runaway. x Cell cooling Active liquid cooling via bottom coldplate removes heat from the cells. x Cell temperature monitoring BMS provides active cell temperature monitoring at several points throughout each battery module. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overtemperature or undertemperature events. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Hazardous module temperature High temperatures at the module level during normal operations without thermal runaway. x Cell cooling Active liquid cooling via bottom coldplate removes heat from the cells. x Cell temperature monitoring BMS provides active cell temperature monitoring at several points throughout each battery module. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overtemperature or undertemperature events. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Hazardous unit temperature High temperatures at the BESS level during normal operations without thermal runaway. x Cell cooling Active liquid cooling via bottom coldplate removes heat from the cells. x Cell temperature monitoring BMS provides active cell temperature monitoring at several points throughout each battery module. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overtemperature or undertemperature events. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Inverter cooling Inverters are actively air-cooled with multiple fans based on internal temperature sensors at enclosure and IGBT levels. x Control Enclosure cooling Control panel is actively air-cooled with fan based on internal temperature sensor. x Liquid coolant failure Mechanical or electrical failure of the liquid coolant or chiller system will result in higher cell temperatures. x Cell temperature monitoring BMS provides active cell temperature monitoring at several points throughout each battery module. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overtemperature or undertemperature events. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Non-battery fire inside unit Fire in unit from faulty system resulting in dangerously high temperatures. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. 3 Hazard Threat Consequence Barrier Name Description x Cell cooling Active liquid cooling via bottom coldplate removes heat from the cells. x Cell temperature monitoring BMS provides active cell temperature monitoring at several points throughout each battery module. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overtemperature or undertemperature events. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Non-battery fire outside unit Fire outside of unit may heat the unit to dangerous temperatures. x Site design Unit is located away from flammable and volatile substances. Bollards are installed to prevent vehicle contact. x Cell cooling Active liquid cooling via bottom coldplate removes heat from the cells. x Cell temperature monitoring BMS provides active cell temperature monitoring at several points throughout each battery module. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overtemperature or undertemperature events. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Electrical hotspot or loose connection Hotspots may form for unknown reasons, such as loose connections. x Preventative maintenance Regular maintenance and monitoring of the system will observe loose connections or increased resistance. x Cell cooling Active liquid cooling via bottom coldplate removes heat from the cells. x Cell temperature monitoring BMS provides active cell temperature monitoring at several points throughout each battery module. x Temperature monitoring and alarms Temperature and smoke monitoring in the unit will alert supervisory staff. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overtemperature or undertemperature events. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Connector torque verification Bolted connections are torqued to specification in factory and visibly striped during field installation to check for loosening. x Single cell combustion A single cell has failed and is producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Single cell venting A single cell has failed and is producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module combustion Multiple cells have failed and are producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module venting Multiple cells have failed and are producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Deflagration Accumulation of off-gas creates explosion risk. x Deflagration venting Battery rack cabinet design allows deflagration (either upward or outward) without damage to rack structure or nearby personnel. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Physical damage to batteries Batteries are subject to thermal, electric, or physical abuse which would make their continued use subject to risk. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. 4 Hazard Threat Consequence Barrier Name Description x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Battery damage or excessive degradation Batteries are subject to excessive degradation due to adverse conditions, resulting in premature end of life. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Controls failure BESS safety controls may experience single-point failures. x Inverter failure Inverter or power electronics fail in a way that poses risk to the batteries. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overcharge, overdischarge, or overcurrent events. x Passive circuit protection AC breaker and DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Sensor failure A sensor inside the system fails, resulting in incorrect reporting of system properties. x Redundant failure detection Every cell is monitored for voltage, and multiple cells per module are monitored for temperature. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overcharge, overdischarge, or overcurrent events. x BMS failure Cell or module level monitoring and controls fail, resulting in inability to report adverse conditions. x Redundant failure detection Every cell is monitored for voltage, and multiple cells per module are monitored for temperature. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overcharge, overdischarge, or overcurrent events. x Passive circuit protection DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x MBMU failure Failure of the controller at the system level which results in adverse condition of the system. x Redundant failure detection Every cell is monitored for voltage, and multiple cells per module are monitored for temperature. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overcharge, overdischarge, or overcurrent events. x Passive circuit protection DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Site control failure Failure of the site controller or other system controller which results in adverse conditions of the system. x Redundant failure detection Every cell is monitored for voltage, and multiple cells per module are monitored for temperature. x System disconnect Contactors will open if loss of positive heartbeat communication from site controller is detected. x Passive circuit protection AC breaker and DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Shutdown/isolation failure Failure of the system to shutdown or isolate itself when an adverse condition is detected. x Passive circuit protection AC breaker and DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Communications failure Failure of the system to properly report an adverse condition to local or remote monitoring. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overcharge, overdischarge, or overcurrent events. x Passive circuit protection AC breaker and DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Balancing failure Failure of the system to maintain cell voltage balance, resulting in unstable or unbalanced system. x Sensing and control BMS is able to detect cell imbalance and properly return system to balance through passive balancing. x System disconnect Contactors will open during overcharge, overdischarge, or overcurrent events. x Passive circuit protection AC breaker and DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Single cell combustion A single cell has failed and is producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Single cell venting A single cell has failed and is producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module combustion Multiple cells have failed and are producing flames or combusting. 5 Hazard Threat Consequence Barrier Name Description x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module venting Multiple cells have failed and are producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Deflagration Accumulation of off-gas creates explosion risk. x Deflagration venting Battery rack cabinet design allows deflagration (either upward or outward) without damage to rack structure or nearby personnel. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Physical damage to batteries Batteries are subject to thermal, electric, or physical abuse which would make their continued use subject to risk. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Battery damage or excessive degradation Batteries are subject to excessive degradation due to adverse conditions, resulting in premature end of life. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Electrical risks The system contains hazardous voltage and fault current capabilities that may cause catastrophic damage if not contained. x Hazardous voltage condition High voltage at the cell, module, pack, or unit level. x Voltage monitoring Every cell is voltage monitored, as well as full rack voltage monitoring. x BMS control BMS monitors cell voltage and has ability to shut down system for overvoltage or undervoltage. x System disconnect System has ability to open contactors when cell, module, or rack voltage is outside of acceptable limits. x Inverter/PCS controls Inverter will shut down in case of inverter overvoltage or undervoltage condition. x Passive circuit protection AC breaker and DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x System electrical abuse tolerance Battery rack is designed and tested to withstand overvoltage and overcurrent situations. See UL1973 test report. x Hazardous current condition High current from inverter, battery rack, or interconnection to grid. x Inverter/PCS controls Inverter will shut down in case of inverter overcurrent condition. x BMS control BMS monitoring has the ability to shut down system during unacceptable current conditions. x Passive circuit protection AC breakers and DC fuses rated for maximum available fault current will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x System electrical abuse tolerance Battery rack is designed and tested to withstand overvoltage and overcurrent situations. See UL1973 test report. x Ground fault/insulation fault Local shorting of cells, modules, battery rack, or interconnection high-voltage poles to earth ground. x Insulation monitoring System continually monitors insulation integrity of high-voltage DC circuits via Insulation Monitoring Device. x BMS control BMS monitoring has the ability to shut down system during unacceptable current conditions. x Passive circuit protection DC fuses will protect the circuit in overcurrent situations. x System electrical abuse tolerance Battery rack is designed and tested to withstand overvoltage and overcurrent situations. See UL1973 test report. x Cell premature end of life Cell degrades prematurely such that it results in high resistance or open circuit. x BMS control Monitors cells with ability to shutdown system if anomaly detected. x Cell electrical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Single cell combustion A single cell has failed and is producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Single cell venting A single cell has failed and is producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. 6 Hazard Threat Consequence Barrier Name Description x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module combustion Multiple cells have failed and are producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module venting Multiple cells have failed and are producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Deflagration Accumulation of off-gas creates explosion risk. x Deflagration venting Battery rack cabinet design allows deflagration (either upward or outward) without damage to rack structure or nearby personnel. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Physical damage to batteries Batteries are subject to thermal, electric, or physical abuse which would make their continued use subject to risk. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Battery damage or excessive degradation Batteries are subject to excessive degradation due to adverse conditions, resulting in premature end of life. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Arc flash Large amount of energy discharged from making or breaking electrical contact. x Arc design protections There are no locations for making or breaking contact in the design that are not hermetically sealed. x Passive arc flash protection Enclosures and guards prevent arc flash energy discharge outside of equipment during normal use. x Process control Arc flash labels on relevant access panels, and commissioning and maintenance procedures, advise of hazard and recommended PPE. x Cell internal failure A single battery cell may experience failure for internal or external reasons. x Single cell thermal runaway A single cell has entered thermal runaway, resulting in flames or combustion or production of off-gas. x Passive cell protections Cell spacing, separators, and insulation prevents propagation to neighbor cells. See UL9540A test report. x Active cell protections Liquid cooling system, use of non-flammable materials, and fire suppression system. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Multiple cell thermal runaway Multiple cells have entered thermal runaway. x Passive cell protections Cell spacing, separators, and insulation prevents propagation to neighbor cells. See UL9540A test report. x Active cell protections Liquid cooling system, use of non-flammable materials, and fire suppression system. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Internal defect A cell has failed as a result of an internal defect, creating a short circuit, open circuit or other adverse condition. x Cell quality control Cell manufacturing tests and inspects cells for quality and performance. x BMS control BMS monitoring has the ability to shut down system during unacceptable current conditions. x Passive cell protections Cell spacing, separators, and insulation prevents propagation to neighbor cells. See UL9540A test report. x Active cell protections Liquid cooling system, use of non-flammable materials, and fire suppression system. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x End of life or degradation failure A cell has reached end of life, resulting in adverse conditions. x Cell quality control Cell manufacturing tests and inspects cells for quality and performance. x BMS control BMS monitoring has the ability to shut down system during unacceptable current conditions. x Active cell protections Cell spacing, separators, and insulation prevents propagation to neighbor cells. See UL9540A test report. x Cell pressure buildup A cell has begun to build internal pressure as a result of gas generation. x Cell quality control Cell manufacturing tests and inspects cells for quality and performance. x Passive cell protections Cell spacing, separators, and insulation prevents propagation to neighbor cells. See UL9540A test report. x Active cell protections Liquid cooling system, use of non-flammable materials, and fire suppression system. x Cell thermal abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. 7 Hazard Threat Consequence Barrier Name Description x Single cell combustion A single cell has failed and is producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Single cell venting A single cell has failed and is producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module combustion Multiple cells have failed and are producing flames or combusting. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Multiple cell or module venting Multiple cells have failed and are producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Deflagration Accumulation of off-gas creates explosion risk. x Deflagration venting Battery rack cabinet design allows deflagration (either upward or outward) without damage to rack structure or nearby personnel. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Physical damage to batteries Batteries are subject to thermal, electric, or physical abuse which would make their continued use subject to risk. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Battery damage or excessive degradation Batteries are subject to excessive degradation due to adverse conditions, resulting in premature end of life. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x System failure Incipient or fully evolved fire in BESS. x Multiple cell or module venting Multiple cells have failed and are producing off-gas. x Fire suppression Fire suppression system in the unit releases ultra fine Potassium salts with secondary inert gases. x Cascading protection Module design limits external temperatures from heating cells to thermal runaway. See UL9540A test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Deflagration Accumulation of off-gas creates explosion risk. x Deflagration venting Battery rack cabinet design allows deflagration (either upward or outward) without damage to rack structure or nearby personnel. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Physical damage to batteries Batteries are subject to thermal, electric, or physical abuse which would make their continued use subject to risk. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. x Battery damage or excessive degradation Batteries are subject to excessive degradation due to adverse conditions, resulting in premature end of life. x Cell physical abuse tolerance Cells are able to withstand some abuse without instigating additional thermal runaway. See UL1642 test report. x Emergency action plan Battery rack heat and smoke detectors will alert remote Central Station to contact first responders. x Fire service response Fire department response includes active firefighting suppression. 8 Hazard Mitigation Analysis for PowerNode Nexus STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE For Level 3 EV Charging Station with BESS 2216 WA-530, Arlington, WA 98223 Project Information: Applicant: Aviat Group, LLC Project: 8-Stall Level 3 EV Charging Station with 233kWh BESS Location: 2216 WA-530, Arlington, WA 98223 Compliance with AMC 20.114.145 - Project Review: 1. Environmental Review: - Completed SEPA Environmental Checklist - Addressed potential environmental impacts 2. Site Plan Review: - Detailed site plan submitted showing: * Property boundaries and dimensions * Location of all proposed structures * Parking layout * ADA compliance measures 3. Technical Review: - Engineering plans for: * Electrical systems * Utility connections Compliance with AMC 20.114.150 - Notice Requirements: 1. Public Notice: - Posted site notice at property - Published notice in local newspaper - Mailed notices to properties within 500 feet - Notice provided to aTected agencies 2. Notice Content: - Project description - Location information - Application details - Comment period dates - Contact information - SEPA determination 3. Documentation: - ATidavit of posting - Proof of publication - Mailing list - Copy of notices Additional Compliance Measures: 1. Safety: - Safety signage plan 2. Construction: - Construction management plan - Erosion control plan - Waste management plan Declaration: I hereby certify that this project complies with all requirements set forth in Arlington Municipal Code sections 20.114.145 and 20.114.150. All information provided is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Signature: _______________________ Company: Aviat Group, LLC Name: Randy Hanson Title: Project Consultant Date: 12/20/24 Letter of Attestation Document: 80028282 Master Contract: N/A Project: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Issued to: Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Limited No. 2 Xingang Road, Zhangwan Town, Jiaocheng District Ningde City, Fujian Province 352100, P. R. China Attention: Ms. Sandy Lv CSA Group hereby confirms that it has completed an evaluation of: Li-ion Battery Rack, models R852280-P-T-I-1, R852280-E-T-I-1, Rx52280-P-T-U-1, Rx52280-E-T-U-1, FRx52280-P-T-U-0, FRx52280-E-T-U-0, Ox52280-P, Ox52280-E (x means module number 4-8) CSA Group hereby attests that the products identified above and described in test report 80028282 dated Jan 17, 2020 complies with the following standards/tests, to the extent applicable: UL 9540A Test Method for Evaluating Thermal Runaway Fire Propagation in Battery Energy Storage Systems, 3rd edition, Revision Date Jun 15, 2018, Section 8 Unit Level Testing. Issued by: Joseph Zhou ---------------------------------------------------- CSA Group THIS LETTER OF ATTESTATION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE THE USE OF THE CSA MARK ON THE SUBJECT PRODUCTS. QUOTATIONS FROM THE TEST REPORT OR THE USE OF THE NAME OF THE CANADIAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION AND CSA GROUP OR ITS REGISTERED TRADEMARK, IN ANY WAY, IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF CSA GROUP. DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. Page 1 Descriptive Report and Test Results MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 PROJECT: 80051872 Edition 1: Feb 25, 2020; Project 80028282 - Cleveland Issued by Joseph Zhou, Reviewed by Anuj Amin Edition 2: Sep 30, 2020; Project 80051872 - Cleveland Prepared by Joseph Zhou, Authorized by Anuj Amin Contents: Letter of Attestation - Page 1 to 1 Description and Tests - Pages 1 to 28 PRODUCTS Li-ion Battery Rack, models R852280-P-T-I-1, R852280-E-T-I-1, Rx52280-P-T-U-1, Rx52280-E-T-U, FRx52280-P-T-U-0, FRx52280-E-T-U-0, Ox52280-P, Ox52280-E (x means module number 4-8) APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS UL 9540A - Test Method for Evaluating Thermal Runaway Fire Propagation in Battery Energy Storage Systems, 3rd edition MARKINGS N/A ALTERATIONS N/A FACTORY TESTS N/A Test related only to the items tested.This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the approval of CSA Group. 8501 East Pleasant Valley Road, Cleveland, OH, U.S.A. 44131-5575 Telephone: 216-524-4990 1.800.463.6727 Fax: 216-642-3463 www.csagroup.org DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 2 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 DESCRIPTION Testing Laboratory Name: CCIC-CSA International Certification Co., Ltd. Kunshan Branch Building 8, Tsinghua Science Park, No. 1666 Zu chongzhi Rd (S), Address: Kunshan, Jiangsu (215347) Testing Program: Custom Test: Latter of Attestation X Testing Only Note: Mark â€œXâ€ in applicable test program block If tests were performed at another facility, then described below: Testing Laboratory Name: Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Limited Address: No.2 Xingang Road, Zhangwan Town, Jiaocheng District Ningde, Fujian, 150 35200, China Facility Qualification N/A Number: As above / or describe otherwise Customer: Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Limited Address: No.2 Xingang Road, Zhangwan Town, Jiaocheng District Ningde, Fujian, 150 35200, China Tested By: Jianfang Zhu, Test Engineer Name, Title Jianfang Zhu, Test Engineer 2019-11-30 to 2019-12-4 Signature Date (YYYY-MM-DD) Reviewed by: Joseph Zhou/Giggle Pei, Certifier Witnessed by: Name, Title 2019-12-04 Version: Signature Date (YYYY-MM-DD) 2019-05-09 DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 3 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Product Details Test Request: Cell Level Testing Module Level Testing Unit Level Testing Installation Level Testing Manufacturer Cell: Module: Unit: Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Limited Brand name / Trademark Cell: Module: Unit: NA Model Number Cell: Module: Unit: refer to the models indicated on the cover page Date of receipt of test sample(s) 2019-11-30 (YYYY-MM-DD) Cell/Battery Type Li-ion, LFP Approximate Dimension (mm) Cell: Module: Unit: 924*1185*2329 (W*D*H) [mm] Mass (g) Cell: Module: Unit: 3100kg DUT Sample/Serial Number Cell: Module: Unit: TD19-0237 DUT Nominal Voltage Rating (V) Cell: Module: Unit: 1331.2 DUT Nominal Charge Capacity Rating (Ah) Cell: Module: Unit: 280 Fire Mitigation Strategies: Water: Other (Specify): (For installation level testing) N/A Additional Information N/A Model Difference: refer to table below for the model differences: Model No. Suffix 1 Rated Current, A Suffix 2 R852280-P-T-U-1 P 280 U UL approved R852280-P-T-I-1 P 280 I IEC approved R852280-E-T-U-1 E 140 U UL approved R852280-E-T-I-1 E 140 I IEC approved DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 4 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Per client confirmed, models subjected for US certification are the same as models approved IEC standard certification, herein, test performed on models R852280-P-T-U-1 was considered representative of models R852280-P-T-I-1, R852280-E-T-U-1, R852280-E-T-I-1. Description of changes from models R852280-P-T-I-1, R852280-E-T-I-1, R852280-P-T-U-1, R852280- E-T-U-1 to Rx52280-P-T-U-1, Rx52280-E-T-U-1 (x means module number 4-8). Compared to models R852280-P-T-I-1, R852280-E-T-I-1, R852280-P-T-U-1, R852280-E-T-U-1, the following changes were included to add models Rx52280-P-T-U-1 and Rx52280-E-T-U-1 (x means module number 4-8) 1. Change the rating label for weight, voltage ranges and capacities; 2. Change the name of component cell from 001CB310 to CB310 and CB2W0. 3. Add new critical components, like Service Plug-Alternate (MSD) and HV connector (B+, B-, HV+, HV-). 4. Update the liquid cooling tube adapter on the top. Description of changes from Rx52280-P-T-U-1, Rx52280-E-T-U-1 to FRx52280-P-T-U-0, FRx52280-E- T-U-0 (x means module number 4-8): Compared to models Rx52280-P-T-U-1, Rx52280-E-T-U-1, the following changes were included to add models FRx52280-P-T-U-0, FRx52280-E-T-U-0 (x means module number 4-8): 1. Cancel the rack door, rack feet and baseboard. 2. Change the grounding position to left bottom of rack frame; cancel grounding position on the top. 3. Cancel the water protection cover on the top of rack. 4. Change the shape of cabling outlet on the top of rack. 5. Change the nameplate position: two pieces on the left and right side of rack frame. 6. Size change: 914mm*1185mm*2327mm changed to 919mm*1250mm*2248mm Model series Ox52280-P, Ox52280-E are same as model series Rx52280-P-T-U-1, Rx52280-E-T-U-1 except for the location of control box and addition of liquid chiller. Based on the model difference indicated, no additional test deemed necessary for the above alternation. THE TESTING SPECIFIED IN THIS PROCEDURE IS INHERENTLY DANGEROUS DO NOT ATTEMPT TO PERFORM THIS TEST UNLESS YOU HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TRAINED REGARDING SAFELY WORKING WITH THE HAZARDS INVOLVED Important Test Consideration: â€¢ As some batteries expose in test described above, it is important that personal be protected from the flying fragments, explosive force, and sudden release of heat, chemical burns, and noise result from such explosions. The test area is to be well ventilated to protect personal from possible harmful fumes or gases. â€¢ Temperature of the surface of the battery casing shall be monitored during the tests described above. All personal involve in the testing of batteries are to be instructed never to approach a battery until the surface temperature return to ambient temperature. DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 5 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 â€¢ Test shall be conducted in separate room or equipped with an adequate safety barrier separating the test area from observer. DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 6 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 UL 9540 A â€“ Definition - â€œBATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM (BESS)â€ - Stationary equipment that receives electrical energy and then utilizes batteries to store that energy for later use in order to supply electrical energy when needed. The BESS consists of one or more modules, a power conditioning system (PCS) and balance of plant components. a) INITIATING BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM UNIT (INITIATING BESS) â€“ A BESS unit which has been equipped with resistance heaters in order to create the internal fire condition necessary for the installation level test (Section 8). b) TARGET BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM UNIT (TARGET BESS) â€“ The enclosure and/or rack hardware that physically supports and/or contains the components that comprise a BESS. The target BESS unit does not contain energy storage components, but serves to enable instrumentation to measure the thermal exposure from the initiating BESS. - â€œCELLâ€ -The basic functional electrochemical unit containing an assembly of electrodes, electrolyte, separators, container, and terminals. It is a source of electrical energy by direct conversion of chemical energy. - â€œDUTâ€ â€“ Device under test. - â€œELECTRICAL RESISTANCE HEATERSâ€ â€“ Devices that convert electrical energy supplied from a laboratory source into thermal energy. - â€œFLEXIBLE FILM HEATERSâ€ â€“ Electrical resistance heaters of a film, tape or otherwise thin sheet like construction that easily conform to the surface of cells. - â€œMODULEâ€ â€“ A subassembly that is a component of a BESS that consists of a group of cells or electrochemical capacitors connected together either in a series and/or parallel configuration (sometimes referred to as a block) with or without protective devices and monitoring circuitry. - â€œSTATE OF CHARGE (SOC)â€ â€“ The available capacity in a BESS, pack, module or cell expressed as a percentage of rated capacity. - â€œTHERMAL RUNAWAYâ€ â€“ The incident when an electrochemical cell increases its temperature through self-heating in an uncontrollable fashion. The thermal runaway progresses when the cellâ€™s generation of heat is at a higher rate than the heat it can dissipate. This may lead to fire, explosion and gas evolution. - â€œUNITâ€ â€“ A frame, rack or enclosure that consists of a functional BESS which includes components and subassemblies such a cells, modules, battery management systems, ventilation devices and other ancillary equipment. DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 7 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 UL 9540A Third Edition, Dated June 15, 2018 - Test Method for Evaluating Thermal Runaway Fire Propagation in Battery Energy Storage Systems Section Requirement Test (T) / Comments Waive (W) / Not App. (N/A) 1 Scope: The test methodology in this document evaluates the fire characteristics of a battery energy storage system that undergoes thermal runaway. Fire protection requirements not related to battery energy storage system equipment are covered by appropriate installation codes. Section 6: Cell Level Test W 1. Cell testing not requested by manufacturer Cell Thermal runaway methodology: External heating method with ceramic heater 1 PCS, rated 220/230V, 500W Cell Surface temperature at gas venting (ÂºC): 143.3 Cell Surface temperature at thermal runaway(ÂºC): 209.8 Gas Composition and LFL: C2H4, C2H6, C3H6, C3H8, H2, CH4, CO, CO2 Lower Flammability Limit(LFL) = 6.14%@12~18 ÂºC,101.3~101.5kPa Pmax:109.36PSI(0.754MPa) Pmax Rise Rate: 23153.83(159.64MPa/Sec) PSI/Sec Lower Flammability Limit(LFLï¼‰at venting temperature = 5.4%@143Â±1Â°C, 101Â±2kPa Gas Burning Velocity: 0.584m/s @ ambient temperature (22~30Â°C), atmospheric pressure See project 80040846 for Cell Level testing data provided by manufacturer Section 7: Module Level Module testing not requested by manufacturer Test Cell Thermal Runaway Methodology: External W heating method with ceramic heater 1 PCS, rated 220/230V, 500W Cell Surface Temperature at Gas Venting (ÂºC): 92.3 Cell Surface temperature at thermal runaway(ÂºC): 123.9 Module Heat Release Rate (kW/m2): 0 Cell/Module Gas Generation and Composition: C2H2, C2H4, C2H6, C3H6, C3H8, H2, CH4, CO, CO2 DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 8 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section Requirement Test (T) / Comments Waive (W) / Not App. (N/A) Module External Flaming and Flying Debris Hazard: N/A, no fire or explosion, no flying debris during test Module Location of Flame Venting: Not applied no fire occurred during the whole testing See project 80025390 for Module Level testing data provided by manufacturer Section 8: Unit Level Test T Manufacturer Name: Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Limited Model: R852280-P-T-U-1 Electrical Rating: nominal voltage 1331.2V BESS Energy (Whr): 332736 BESS Capacity (Ahr): 280 Number of Module: 8 Module Configuration: 52S-1P Approximate Dimension (mm): 924*1185*2329 (W*D*H) Weight (kg): 3100 BMS Model no: N/A Fire Detection System: N/A Fire Suppression System: N/A Fire Detection/Suppression System (Optional/Part of system): N/A Manufacturer request to perform test with Fire Detection/suppression System (Yes/No): No, no fire detection/suppression test designed on the battery system. BESS Enclosure Material: Metallic BESS Comply with UL 1973 Requirement (Yes/No): Yes, refer to Certification No. CU 50272100 001 from TUV Rheinland, and report No. 64.280.20.60131.01 from TUV SUD Section 9: Installation N/A 1. BESS Meet Unit level performance Level Test requirement and No Installation Level test (With fire mitigation required. strategies) DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 9 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 UL 9540A Third Edition, Dated June 15, 2018 - Section 8 Unit Level Testing Section Requirement Comments Verdict Possible test case verdicts: Test case does not apply to the test object: N/A (Not Applicable) Test object does meet the requirement: P (Pass) Test object does not meet the requirement: F (Fail) 8 Unit Level Testing P 8.1 BESS Sample tested within 8 after Manufacture recommended P charging BESS as per manufacturer charge/discharge method: specification to obtain maximum Charging Procedure: CP-CV operating state of charge. Charging Voltage (V): 1497.6 Charging Current (A): see belowï¼š 1. charge the unit with 0.25P(93184W) to cell voltage 3.65V 2. charge the unit with 0.1P(37273.6W) to cell voltage 3.65V 3. charge the unit with 0.05P(18636.8W) to cell voltage 3.65V Charging End Condition (A): 14A Discharging Procedure: CP Discharging Current (A): 140 0.25P(93184W) End of Discharge Voltage (V): 2.5V/Cell Rest Duration after charging (HH:MM): 8h Following test configuration used for See below P testing. - Installation of BESS unit with confirmed P two or more rows - Installation of BESS units with See above N/A a single row DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 10 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section Requirement Comments Verdict Possible test case verdicts: Test case does not apply to the test object: N/A (Not Applicable) Test object does meet the requirement: P (Pass) Test object does not meet the requirement: F (Fail) ID Location Required Measured Value . Value (mm) (mm) A Separation distance between the initiating BESS unit and instrumented wall section behind initiating BESS 160 150 unit. B Separation distance between the target BESS unit and instrumented wall section to the side of target BESS 160 150 unit. C Separation distance between the initiating BESS unit 260 250 and instrumented wall section to the side of the initiating BESS unit. D Separation distance between initiating BESS unit and 10 10 target BESS unit. E Separation distance between initiating BESS unit and 10 10 target BESS unit or instrumented wall section. F Separation distance between target BESS unit and 10 10 target BESS unit or instrumented wall section. G Separation distance between target BESS unit and 260 250 instrumented wall section. H Separation distance between target BESS units. 10 10 DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 11 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section Requirement Comments Verdict Possible test case verdicts: Test case does not apply to the test object: N/A (Not Applicable) Test object does meet the requirement: P (Pass) Test object does not meet the requirement: F (Fail) Note: The physical spacing between BESS units (both initiating and target) and adjacent walls shall be representative of the intended installation. For example, the left side of Figure 8.1 shows a layout of BESS units of two or more rows. The right side of Figure 8.1 shows a layout of BESS units of a single row, with an instrumented wall taking place of the target BESS units as the nearest potential item exposed to thermal energy from the initiating BESS unit in thermal runaway The initiating BESS unit contained Conformed P components representative of a BESS unit in a complete installation. Combustible components that Conformed P interconnect the initiating and target BESS units included during testing. Target BESS units have the outer Conformed P cabinet (if part of the design), racking, module enclosures, and Shelf included in the target BESS, components that retain cells also the module enclosure included components. to retain the cells. BESS unit included an integral fire No integral fire suppression system N/A suppression system designed in the BESS unit BESS unit provided with optional fire No optional fire suppression system N/A suppression system provided for the BESS unit. Ambient temperature during BESS Temperature(ÂºC): 22.1 to 24.4 P charging and at beginning of Humidity (% RH): 50% to 75% testâ€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦..â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦..â€¦â€¦â€¦ â€¦: Note: Ambient indoor laboratory conditions shall be 25 Â±5Â°C (77 Â±9Â°F) and 50 Â±25% RH at the initiation of the test. 8.2 Any access door(s) or panels on the Conformed N/A initiating BESS unit and adjacent target BESS units were closed, No access door or panel designed on latched and locked at the beginning both the initiating and target BESS and duration of the test. units The initiating BESS unit was Conformed P positioned adjacent to two instrumented wall sections DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 12 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section Requirement Comments Verdict Possible test case verdicts: Test case does not apply to the test object: N/A (Not Applicable) Test object does meet the requirement: P (Pass) Test object does not meet the requirement: F (Fail) Instrumented wall sections extend Conformed P not less than 1.6 ft. (0.49 m) horizontally beyond the exterior of the target BESS units. Instrumented wall sections were Conformed P minimum of 12-ft (3.66-m) tall at least 2-ft (0.61-m) taller than the BESS unit Height of the instrumented wall: height. 3.66m, Height of the BESS: 2329 mm. The surface of the instrumented wall Conformed P sections were covered with 5/8-in (16-mm) gypsum wall board and painted flat black. The initiating BESS unit was centred Conformed N/A underneath an appropriately sized smoke collection hood of an oxygen The Initiating BESS unit was consumption calorimeter. centered underneath a smoke collection hood without oxygen consumption calorimeter. The heat release rate measurement Conformed N/A system was calibrated using an atomized heptane diffusion burner. Un-calibrated for the heat release rate measurement system. The convective heat release rate was Conformed N/A measured using thermopile, a velocity probe, and a Type K See above thermocouple, located in the exhaust system of the exhaust duct. Separation distance shown above in Conformed P Section 8.1 were specified by manufacturer Wall surface temperature Conformed P measurements were collected for BESS intended for installation in locations with combustible construction as defined by NFPA 220. Wall surface temperatures were Conformed P measured in vertical array(s) at 6-in (152-mm) intervals for the full height of the instrumented wall sections DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 13 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section Requirement Comments Verdict Possible test case verdicts: Test case does not apply to the test object: N/A (Not Applicable) Test object does meet the requirement: P (Pass) Test object does not meet the requirement: F (Fail) 24-gauge Type-K exposed junction Conformed P thermocouples were be used to measure wall surface temperatures. Thermocouples were secured to Conformed P gypsum surfaces by the use of staples placed over the insulated portion of the wires. The thermocouple tip is to be depressed into the gypsum so as to be flush with the gypsum surface at the point of measurement and held in thermal contact with the surface at that point by the use of pressure-sensitive paper tape. Wall surface temperature measuring Conformed thermocouple arrays were horizontally positioned in the wall P locations anticipated to receive the greatest thermal exposure from the initiating BESS unit. Heat flux were measured with the See below sensing element of a water-cooled N/A Schmidt-Boelter gauge at the surface of each instrumented wall - Collinear with the vertical Conformed thermocouple array Water-cooled Schmidt-Boelter gauge was installed on the surface of the N/A instrumented wall collinear with the vertical thermocouple array. - Positioned at the elevation Conformed estimated to receive the No fire ignited during the testing. greatest heat flux due to the The gauge was installed at the thermal runaway of the height estimated to receive the N/A initiating module; and greatest heat flux due to thermal runaway of the initiating module. - Positioned at the elevation Conformed estimated to receive the greatest heat flux during No fire ignited during the testing. N/A potential propagation of One gauge was installed at the height of the initial BESS unit DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 14 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section Requirement Comments Verdict Possible test case verdicts: Test case does not apply to the test object: N/A (Not Applicable) Test object does meet the requirement: P (Pass) Test object does not meet the requirement: F (Fail) thermal runaway within the enclosure which was estimated to initiating BESS unit. receive the greatest heat flux within the initiating BESS unit. Heat flux were measured with a Conformed water-cooled Schmidt-Boelter gauge No fire ignited during the testing. at the surface of each adjacent target Gauge was installed at the surface N/A BESS unit that faces the initiating of the No.2 target BESS unit which is BESS unit close to the initial BESS unit. Heat flux gauges were positioned at Conformed the elevation estimated to receive the greatest surface heat flux due to the Gauge was set up at the elevation thermal runaway of the initiating estimated to receive the greatest N/A module surface heat flux. No fire ignited no heat fluxed during the testing. Twenty-four (24) gauge Type-K Conformed P exposed junction thermocouples were installed to measure the temperature of the surface proximate to the cells and between the cells and exposed face of the module. Each module enclosure were instrumented with at least one thermocouple An internal fire condition was created See below P within a single module in the initiating BESS unit - The position of the module Conformed P was selected to present the greatest thermal exposure to adjacent modules (e.g. above, below, laterally), based on the results from the module level test - The setup (i.e. type, quantity Conformed P and positioning) of equipment for initiating thermal runaway in the module was same as that used to initiate and propagate thermal runaway within the module level test (Section 7); and DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 15 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section Requirement Comments Verdict Possible test case verdicts: Test case does not apply to the test object: N/A (Not Applicable) Test object does meet the requirement: P (Pass) Test object does not meet the requirement: F (Fail) - A minimum of two 24-gauge Conformed P Type-K thermocouples were placed within each module to 2 thermocouples were placed in each provide data to monitor the module of the initiating BESS unit thermal conditions within non- initiating modules. - Additional thermocouples Conformed P were be placed to account for convoluted enclosure interior 1 thermocouples were placed in each geometries in non-initiating module of the target BESS unit modules. The composition, velocity and Conformed P temperature of BESS unit vent gases were be measured within the calorimeterâ€™s exhaust duct. Gas composition was measured Conformed P using a Fourier-Transform Infrared Spectrometer with a minimum GC-MS was used for gas resolution of 1 cm-1 and a path length composition measurement of at least 6.6 ft. (2.0 m), or equivalent gas analyser. Composition, velocity and Conformed N/A temperature instrumentation shall be collocated with heat release rate No fire ignited, no propagation calorimetry instrumentation. occurred with the DUT The hydrocarbon content of the vent Conformed N/A gas was measured using flame ionization detection GC-MS used, the gas composition was measured off line. Test Terminated at following test See below P condition - Temperatures measured Conformed P inside each module within the initiating BESS unit return to ambient temperature; DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 16 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section Requirement Comments Verdict Possible test case verdicts: Test case does not apply to the test object: N/A (Not Applicable) Test object does meet the requirement: P (Pass) Test object does not meet the requirement: F (Fail) - The fire propagates to Conformed N/A adjacent units or to adjacent walls; or No fire ignited, no propagation occurred between adjacent cells in the initiating module. - Condition hazardous to test Conformed N/A staff or the test facility requires mitigation. No condition hazards to the test staff or the facilities DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 17 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Section 8.3 TD19-0237 Sample No TD-0196 Open Circuit Voltage of Initiating BESS Before Test(Vdc): 1404.4 Thermal runaway initiation Method: External Heating Module No.5. In 1# BESS from the BMS controller box ï¼‰Refer to page Location of Initiating module within BESS: 22 for target module location and cell location in the initial BESS. Heat Release Rate The convective heat release rate shall be calculated using the following equation: In which: HRRc = The convective heat release rate (kW) Ve = The exhaust velocity (m/s) A = The exhaust duct cross sectional area (m2) Te = The temperature at the location where exhaust velocity is measured (K) 353.22/Te = The density of air at the velocity measurement location (kg/m3) To = The ambient temperature (K) in the test room T = The thermopile temperature (K) Cp = Specific heat of air (kJ/kg-K), given as Cp = A0 + A1T + A2T2 + A3T3, in which: A0 = 0.9950 A1 = -5.29933E-05 A2 = 3.21022E-07 A3 = -1.22004E-10 Heat Release Rate Calculation: The heat release rate equals to almost 0 KW in the stage when the unit was forced into thermal runaway as no fire ignited and no propagation occurred between adjacent cells after thermal runaway forced during the whole testing. Observation of Flying Debris or Explosive Discharge of Gases DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 18 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 No flying debris or explosion triggered during unit level thermal runaway testing. See video records for further information. Flammable Gas Generation and Composition Data See Note Activation of Integral Fire Protection System. N/A, no fire protection system designed on the battery rack. Temperature Measurement Thermocouple Location Temperature Limit Measured Maximum (â°C) Temperature (â°C) Ambient Temperature Before Test - 23.8 Wall Surface Temperature 119.8 19.5ï¼ˆT25ï¼‰ Maximum Target BESS Temperature 143.3 21.6ï¼ˆ2# BESS, T5ï¼‰ Maximum Surface temperature of Module within 143.3 21.6ï¼ˆ2# BESS, T5ï¼‰ Target BESS Fig.1 Cell Temperature during Unit Level Testing DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 19 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Fig.2 Cell Temperature in target module during Unit Level Testing Fig.3 Cell Voltage in target module during Unit Level Testing DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 20 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Fig. 4 Temperature of Section Wall A Fig. 5 Module Temperature in 1# BESS DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 21 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Fig. 6 Module Temperature in 2# Target BESS Fig. 7 Module Temperatureï¼ˆ3# BESSï¼‰ DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 22 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Fig. 8 Module Temperatureï¼ˆ4# BESSï¼‰ Heat Flux Measurement Heat flux Location Measured Maximum Heat Flux (kW/m2) Target Wall 1 N/A, see note Target Wall 2 N/A, see note Target BESS Unit 1 N/A, see note Target BESS Unit 2 N/A, see note Supplementary information: Note: Heat was not measured on above heat flux location, as no fire ignited during the whole testing. DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 23 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Fig 9 Module Temp in BESS Fig. 10 Section Wall Temp Fig. 11 Heater Location in Module Fig. 12 Thermal Couple Location on Cell DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 24 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Fig 13 BESS under Test Fig.14 Initial BESS after Test Gas composition analysis DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 25 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 26 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 27 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 28 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Equipment Used: Item no. 1,2,3,4,5,6 Date Start: 19/11/30 (YY/MM/DD) Date End: 19/12/04 (YY/MM/DD) DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. MASTER CONTRACT: N/A REPORT: 80028282 Page No: 29 PROJECT: 80051872 Date Issued: Sep 30, 2020 Test Equipment Calibration Next Date Calibration Ite Inventory Descriptio Range Due Date m Mfr Model Code / ID n Used (YYYY-MM- No. DD) (YYYY-MM- DD) 1 73B0E014 Chamber / HTP-900- - 2019-02-20 2020-02-19 60 40-AW-D 40~80â„ƒ 2 740TE013 Battery Suoying GBBT- 10~110V 2019-02-19 2020-02-18 25 Charge/Dis 110/300-2 , 5~300A charge System 3 73TME000 Data HIOKI LR8401-21 - 2019-07-12 2020-07-11 69 Logger 50~300 â„ƒ 4 L108248/ GC-MS Agilent 5977- - 2018-10-19 2020-10-18 GACH000 7890B 6 5 74MUE00 Multi-Meter Fluke 1587C 0ï½ž 2019-08-15 2020-08-14 013 600Vdc 6 72BAQ003 Scale Shanghai XK3190- 0ï½ž 2019-05-23 2020-05-22 59 Mingpai A12+E 400kg ---End of Report--- DQD 507.10 Rev 2019-10-24 Â© 2018 CSA Group. All rights reserved. Project Narrative for Construction of Level 3 EV charging station with load managed battery energy storage system at A1 Gas Station in Arlington, WA Site Address: 2216 State Route 530 NE Arlington, WA PROJECT NARRATIVE Level 3 EV Charging Station with Battery Energy Storage System 2216 WA-530, Arlington, WA 98223 PROJECT OVERVIEW Aviat Group, LLC proposes to construct and a new Level 3 DC Fast Charging station with Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) at 2216 WA-530 in Arlington, Washington. The project aims to expand the electric vehicle charging infrastructure in the Arlington area while incorporating energy storage technology to optimize grid integration and provide reliable charging services. SITE DESCRIPTION The project site is located within the â€œHCâ€ Highway Commercial zoning at 2216 WA-530. The site is currently a public fueling station with convivence store and is suitable for commercial development. The property has direct access from WA-530. PROJECT COMPONENTS 1. Charging Infrastructure: - Eight (8) stall Level 3 DC Fast Charging with Four (4) dispensers - Power rating: Up to 350kW per dispenser - Universal charging compatibility - Payment systems integration - Network connectivity equipment 2. Battery Energy Storage System: - 233kWh Lithium Iron Phosphate battery system - Safety monitoring systems - Fire suppression system - Temperature control systems - Battery management system 3. Electrical Infrastructure: - Utility transformer - Main distribution panel - Switchgear - Underground conduit system - Grounding systems 4. Site Improvements: - ADA-compliant parking stall - Concrete equipment pads - Protective bollards - Site lighting CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 1. Site Preparation: - Minimal grading required site is nearly level - Installation of erosion control measures 2. Underground Work: - Utility trenching for electrical conduits - Foundation preparation for equipment pads - Underground electrical infrastructure 3. Equipment Installation: - Concrete pad construction - BESS installation - Charging station installation - Electrical equipment installation 4. Site Completion: - Sealcoat and striping - Grass replanted in disturbed areas. - Site lighting installation - Signage installation OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS 1. Hours of Operation: - 24/7 public access - Remote monitoring - Emergency shutdown capabilities 2. Safety Features: - Emergency stop buttons - Site lighting - Fire detection and suppression 3. Maintenance: - Regular equipment inspections - Preventive maintenance program - 24/7 emergency response capability - Remote monitoring and diagnostics COMPLIANCE MEASURES 1. Environmental: - SEPA compliance - Stormwater management - Noise mitigation - Light pollution control 2. Safety: - Fire code compliance - Emergency response plan - Hazardous materials management - Spill prevention and response 3. Building & Zoning: - Setback requirements - Height restrictions - Parking requirements - Landscaping requirements - Airport overlay requirements 4. Accessibility: - ADA compliance - Site circulation - Emergency access - Maintenance access PROJECT TIMELINE 1. Phase 1 - Site Preparation (Weeks 1): - Erosion control - Layout and surveying 2. Phase 2 - Underground Work (Week 2: - Trenching - Conduit installation - Foundation preparation 3. Phase 3 - Equipment Installation (Week 3 - Concrete work - Equipment placement - Electrical connections 4. Phase 4 - Site Completion (Week 4): - Final grading - Paving - Landscaping - Testing and commissioning PUBLIC BENEFIT This project will provide signiï¬cant beneï¬ts to the Arlington community: - Enhanced EV charging infrastructure - Support for clean transportation - Economic development - Environmental beneï¬ts - Support for local EV adoption IMPACT MITIGATION 1. Construction Impacts: - Limited work hours to 7am to 6pm - Dust control measures - Tracic management as needed CONCLUSION This project represents a signiï¬cant investment in Arlington's clean energy infrastructure. The design incorporates best practices for safety, eciciency, and environmental protection while providing an essential service to the community. We look forward to working with the city to ensure successful implementation of this project. Introduction About this manual This document is the installation manual for the SK Signet EV charger. This manual provides best practices for site designing, installation preparation, and installation to ensure safe and efficient use of the product. Before installation and inspection, be sure to read this manual carefully and be fully familiar with it. ï‚Ÿ If the specifications and information required to be followed in this manual differ from local regulations, give priority to local regulations. ï‚Ÿ This manual is for reference only. Comply with local regulations or the contractor's instructions first. ï‚Ÿ The information in this manual contains general descriptions and technical features of the product. Contact the manufacturer only if there is a problem with the product. ï‚Ÿ The product shape and specifications are subject to change for performance improvement without prior notice. The content of this manual is also subject to change without prior notice. ï‚Ÿ It is prohibited to arbitrarily customer modifications to the charger without permission of SK Signet. If any problem occurs by an arbitrary change, the company does not assume responsibility for this. In addition, the problems caused by arbitrary modifications become the grounds for disclaiming the product warranty. ï‚Ÿ You are responsible for any loss caused by installation or use without following the instructions in this manual. Before installation, be sure to familiarize yourself with this manual and related technical information. ï‚Ÿ This manual was originally written in English. Documents in other languages are translated versions of this manual, and we are not responsible for errors in translated documents. ï‚Ÿ In this manual, SI units have been replaced with US units. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. ï¼’ ï‚Ÿ The illustrations in this manual have been created based on the coordinate system below. View Description A Positive direction on the X-axis B Negative direction on the Z-axis C Negative direction on the X-axis D Positive direction on the Z-axis E Negative direction on the Y-axis F Positive direction on the Y-axis ï¼“ FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) If you have any inquiries about the content or you need information on SK Signet's EV charger, contact us at the following. ï‚Ÿ Company name: SK SIGNET ï‚Ÿ Website: https://www.sksignet.us/ ï‚Ÿ Address: 1676 International Drive #530, McLean, VA 22102, United States ï‚Ÿ E-mail: overseas.sales@sk.com Related documents Document name Target group Product data sheet All target groups, especially for site designing engineer Installation manual Qualified installation engineer Operation manual Owner Commissioning manual Qualified commissioning engineer Service manual Qualified maintenance engineer Copyrights SK Signet Co., Ltd. owns the copyright and other intellectual property rights to all contents and designs in this document and software installed in the product. No part of this publication is to be used for any other purpose, and is not to be reproduced, copied, disclosed, and transmitted. Arbitrarily disassembling the product and copying the software in the product are strictly prohibited without any written consent of SK Signet Co., Ltd. Failure to do so constitutes an infringement of intellectual property rights of SK Signet Co., Ltd. In addition, the user is solely responsible for misuse or alteration of the patent rights of this product. Copyright. 2023 SK Signet. All rights reserved. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. ï¼” Revision history Date Version Description Remarks 2023-09-22 1.0 Initial creation ï‚Ÿ Precautions for selecting the location > Space requirements â€“ EV charger specifications for installation/Back to front installation/Back to back installation (page 20. 22, 23, 24): Adding and modifying the installation specifications ï‚Ÿ System overview â€“ Specification > Electrical (page 28): Modifying the V-I Power Curve graph ï‚Ÿ EV Charger â€“ Inside of the EV charger > Rear (page 38): Modifying the illustration of the dispenserâ€™s rear side ï‚Ÿ Site Preparation â€“ Foundation > Concrete foundation (page 40): Adding the cable length instruction â€“ Cable selection > AC cable specification (page 42): Modifying a cable specification ï‚Ÿ Installation â€“ Precautions on Installation (page 46): 2023-10-24 1.1 Adding an illustration to check the angle of a packaging â€“ Unpacking (page 47): Modifying a net weight â€“ Mechanical installation (page 51): Modifying a work tools â€“ Electric wiring > Connecting the AC 3-phase cables (page 60, 61, 63): Modifying the work tools and bolt specification Adding a cable lug assembly procedure â€“ Releasing the EV charger fixture (page 65): Deleting the cable management item â€“ Releasing the weight (page 65): Adding the instructions Modifying a bolt specification ï‚Ÿ Accessories (Optional) (page 68, 69): Adding the instructions Modifying a bolt specification ï‚Ÿ Appendix (page 70 â€“ 73): Modifying the unit in Dimension illustrations ï‚Ÿ System overview â€“ Specification > Electrical (page 28): Modifying Surge Protection to Surge Capability 2023-12-26 1.2 Dividing specification of AC & DC SPD ï‚Ÿ Installation â€“ Installation tool check list > Mechanical Installation (page 56): ï¼• FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Deleting length of the anchor bolts ï‚Ÿ Site Preparation 2024-07-22 1.3 â€“ Cable Specification > 5.2 AC Cable Specification (page 43) â€“ Description on â€œMaterialâ€ amended ï‚Ÿ Max input current amendment 2024-10-29 1.4 â€“ Max. input current 270 A is amended to 284 A according to revised UL certification (page 30, 43, 75) Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. ï¼– Abbreviations The following lists the important terms used in this manual and their descriptions. Item Description AC Alternating Current CCS1 Combined Charging System combo1 DC Direct Current EMO Emergency Off HMI Human Machine Interface (LCD display on the EV charger) MCB / RCCB Miniature Circuit Breaker / Residual Current Circuit Breaker MCCB / RCD Molded Case Circuit Breaker / Residual-current device RFID Radio-Frequency Identification. It identifies radio frequencies. LCD Liquid Crystal Display SMPS Switched Mode Power Supply Wiring components in which multiple terminals are fixed to a plate of T/B (Terminal Block) insulating material to facilitate interconnection of conductors such as cables. ï¼— FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Table of contents Safety precautions ...............................................................................................................................11 1 Safety sign and symbol .......................................................................................................................................... 11 2 Important safety instructions ............................................................................................................................... 11 2.1 General safety warning signs ............................................................................................................................. 12 2.2 Special safety warning signs .............................................................................................................................. 12 2.3 Mandatory signs ................................................................................................................................................... 13 3 Electrical safety instructions ................................................................................................................................. 14 4 General safety instructions ................................................................................................................................... 15 5 Safety precautions during unpacking ................................................................................................................. 15 6 Safety precautions during transportation and installation ........................................................................... 17 7 Safety gear ................................................................................................................................................................ 18 8 Safety devices ........................................................................................................................................................... 19 8.1 Emergency stop button (EMO) .......................................................................................................................... 19 9 Safety precautions during storage ...................................................................................................................... 20 Precautions for selecting the location ...............................................................................................21 1 Space requirements ............................................................................................................................................... 21 1.1 EV charger specifications for installation ........................................................................................................ 21 1.2 Installation recommendations .......................................................................................................................... 26 1.3 Installation restrictions ........................................................................................................................................ 26 2 Communication environment .............................................................................................................................. 27 3 Ambient environments .......................................................................................................................................... 27 Installation Drawings ...........................................................................................................................28 System overview ..................................................................................................................................29 1 Specification ............................................................................................................................................................. 29 1.1 Electrical ................................................................................................................................................................. 29 1.2 General ................................................................................................................................................................... 30 1.2.1 Charger ........................................................................................................................30 1.2.2 Optional .......................................................................................................................33 1.3 Certifications .......................................................................................................................................................... 34 1.3.1 UL ................................................................................................................................34 1.3.2 FCC ..............................................................................................................................34 Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. ï¼˜ 1.3.3 Energy Star ...................................................................................................................34 1.3.4 CTEP ............................................................................................................................34 1.3.5 OCA .............................................................................................................................34 1.3.6 J2894 ...........................................................................................................................34 2 EV Charger ................................................................................................................................................................ 35 2.1 Outside of the EV charger .................................................................................................................................. 35 2.2 Inside of the EV charger ...................................................................................................................................... 37 2.2.1 Front ............................................................................................................................37 2.2.2 Rear .............................................................................................................................39 Site Preparation ....................................................................................................................................40 1 Grid Capacity ............................................................................................................................................................ 40 2 Protective Earth ....................................................................................................................................................... 40 3 Conduit ...................................................................................................................................................................... 40 4 Foundation ............................................................................................................................................................... 41 4.1 Concrete foundation ........................................................................................................................................... 41 4.2 Metal Frame Foundation .................................................................................................................................... 42 5 Cable selection ......................................................................................................................................................... 43 5.1 Recommend .......................................................................................................................................................... 43 5.2 AC cable specification .......................................................................................................................................... 43 6 Lug specifications .................................................................................................................................................... 45 Installation ............................................................................................................................................46 1 Installation tool check list ...................................................................................................................................... 46 1.1 Unpacking .............................................................................................................................................................. 46 1.2 Mechanical Installation ....................................................................................................................................... 46 1.3 Electrical wiring ..................................................................................................................................................... 46 1.4 Releasing the cable management .................................................................................................................... 47 2 Precautions on Installation ................................................................................................................................... 47 3 Unpacking ................................................................................................................................................................. 49 3.1 Checking components ........................................................................................................................................ 52 4 Mechanical installation .......................................................................................................................................... 53 4.1 Mounting the EV charger .................................................................................................................................... 53 5 Electrical wiring ........................................................................................................................................................ 61 5.1 Connecting the AC 3-phase cables .................................................................................................................. 62 6 Releasing the EV charger fixture .......................................................................................................................... 67 6.1 Releasing the weight ............................................................................................................................................ 67 ï¼™ FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 7 Final check ................................................................................................................................................................ 68 7.1 EV charger .............................................................................................................................................................. 68 8 Accessories (Optional) ............................................................................ ì˜¤ë¥˜! ì±…ê°ˆí”¼ê°€ ì •ì˜ë˜ì–´ ìžˆì§€ ì•ŠìŠµë‹ˆë‹¤. Appendix ...............................................................................................................................................70 1 Dimension in mm (inch) ......................................................................................................................................... 70 2 Spare parts list ......................................................................................................................................................... 74 3 Others ........................................................................................................................................................................ 75 3.1 Name plate ............................................................................................................................................................ 75 Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. ï¼‘ï¼ Safety precautions 1 Safety sign and symbol The red circle is used for prohibition, the yellow triangle for hazards, and a green square for an emergency route or a first aid instrument. The red square indicates a fire-fighting tool and a blue circular sign is used to communicate an obligation. 2 Important safety instructions Any individuals or entities engaging in installation, commission and operation of EVSE(Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) must read through this Manual before performing their work, and consultation with licensed contractors, licensed electricians and installation experts is highly recommended to ensure compliance with safety standards and state and regional laws. SK Signet is not responsible to compensate any damages caused by non-compliance with safety guidelines and work instructions in this Manual. 11 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 2.1 General safety warning signs This manual uses the following safety symbols. Read and follow all safety instructions carefully to avoid any unsafe operating condition, fire, explosion, property damage, personal injury, or death. Please take special note of all information marked with the following symbols : Signal word Description Indicates information about safety practices which, if not followed, may result in serious injury or death. ï‚Ÿ DANGER hazard severity panel to identify a high level of risk. Indicates information about safety practices which, if not followed, could result in personal injury or are necessary to prevent fire or equipment overheating. ï‚Ÿ WARNING hazard severity panel to identify a medium level of risk. Indicates information about safety practices which, if not followed, this can cause damage to EVSE or to property. ï‚Ÿ CAUTION hazard severity panel to identify a low level of risk. Indicates helpful information for installation or usage. Notice : Not all symbols or signal words may be present in this document. 2.2 Special safety warning signs Signal word Symbol Description Warning of electrical hazards "Electricity" sign is to alert the risk of electrical shock, warning Electricity workers to keep a safe distance and follow safety procedures regarding electric equipment. Warning of crushing hazard when operating machinery Crushing of hands "Crushing of hands" sign is to warn workers of hand injury or cut-off by being trapped by a machine or equipment in operation. Warning of sharp objects Sharp element "Sharp elements" sign is to warn workers to be careful when using sharp objects. Warning of overhead loads Overhead load "Overhead load" sign is to warn workers to aware of overhead loads which could fall to the ground. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 12 Signal word Symbol Description Warning of forklift trucks and other industrial vehicles Forklift trucks and "Fork lift trucks and other industrial vehicles" sign is warning workers other industrial to keep a safe distance with pedestrians or other vehicles to prevent vehicles accidents. Warning of electrical hazard Warning arc flash "Warning arc flash" is a sign installed in places with possible arc flash - one of electric accidents. Warning of hot surface Hot surface "Hot surface" is a sign to warn the risk of a burn by hot surface. Risk of tripping Risk of tripping "Risk of tripping" is a sign to indicate obstacles or slippery areas and to warn to watch steps. Fire extinguisher "Fire extinguisher" is a sign to indicate a fire extinguisher - an Fire extinguisher essential tool to respond to fire outbreak, helping people around to rapidly put out fire and minimize damage. 2.3 Mandatory signs Mandatory signs are used to indicate that a particular course of action must be undertaken. It is very important to maintain a safety, health and environment in the workplace. Recognizing and using these signs properly can protect workers' safety and health. Signal word Symbol Description Safety belts must be worn Wear safety belts A sign to instruct workers to wear safety belts when they drive a vehicle or run machines. Disconnect before Disconnect before carrying out maintenance or repair carrying out A sign to instruct workers to disconnect from power before carrying maintenance or out maintenance or repair. repair Refer to instruction manual/booklet Refer to instruction A sign used to indicate instruction manual or booklet must be read manual/booklet before performing work. Ear protection must be worn Wear ear protection A sign to instruct ear protection must be worn under noisy conditions to protect their hearing. 13 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Signal word Symbol Description Opaque eye protection must be worn Wear opaque eye A sign to instruct opaque eye glasses must be worn to protect eyes protection from rays. Connect an earth terminal to the ground Connect an earth A sign to instruct workers to connect an earth terminal of electric terminal equipment or device before starting to work. Protective gloves must be worn Wear protective A sign to instruct protective gloves (insulated gloves) must be worn to gloves prevent electric shock by hands. Safety footwear must be worn Wear safety A sign to instruct safety footwear (insulated footwear) must be worn footwear while working. Head protection must be worn Wear head A sign to instruct head protection must be worn to protect a head protection while working. Face shield mask must be worn Wear face shield A sign to instruct face protection (face shield mask) must be worn to protect face while working. High visibility clothing must be worn Wear high visibility A sign to instruct workers to wear a safety vest with high visibility clothing helping them to find others more easily. 3 Electrical safety instructions Danger ï‚Ÿ Do not touch the charging part (conductor, terminal contact, controller) with your hands while power is being supplied (energized). Electric shock may cause serious injury or death. ï‚Ÿ Do a voltage check to make sure there is no electrical power on the cables or in the system. ï‚Ÿ Power is supplied to the charger by one or more circuit breakers. Due to the potential for fatal electric shock, the internal parts of the charger must be serviced only by qualified technicians. ï‚Ÿ Connecting the power supply should be performed only by a licensed professional. ï‚Ÿ Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on the equipment. Contact with live parts of the charger may result in electric shock, serious injury, or death. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 14 Warning ï‚Ÿ Wear suitable personal protective equipment and follow the currently applicable electrical safety instructions. ï‚Ÿ Operate, inspect, or repair the product only by a qualified expert. It may cause malfunction, electric shock, or personal injury. ï‚Ÿ To prevent any electrical hazard or product malfunction, be sure to perform grounding work in compliance with safety regulations of the local area. Failure to perform grounding may result in fatal electric shock. ï‚Ÿ If this equipment is to remain in good working order, it must be installed, handled, and operated correctly. Failure to follow basic installation instructions can lead to injury and can damage the charger. ï‚Ÿ SK Signet is not responsible for any damage to the charger caused by improper use of mechanical lugs. In addition, this is not covered under warranty. ï‚Ÿ Damage to the system while wiring the charger using an improper cable is not covered by the product warranty. 4 General safety instructions ï‚Ÿ Do not disassemble or modify the product in the field. It may cause electric shock, fire, or short circuit. Thus warranty may not be provided. ï‚Ÿ Do not arbitrarily modify the circuit structure. It may cause malfunction or error. ï‚Ÿ Do not allow water, moisture, or any foreign substance to enter into the charger. ï‚Ÿ Carpet or messy work table may cause safety accidents. ï‚Ÿ Do not block the vents (air inlet and air outlet) on the charger. The charger may overheat. ï‚Ÿ Users are responsible for compliance with all local electrical codes and standards applicable in your place in which the product has been installed. ï‚Ÿ Do not operate the charger with the door open or the panel removed. ï‚Ÿ During operation, never open the door or remove the panel. ï‚Ÿ Do not store the product in hazardous or humid places. It may cause insulation breakdown or performance degradation of the product. 5 Safety precautions during unpacking ï‚Ÿ For safety, tidy up the work place before loading or unloading the product. ï‚Ÿ During loading or unloading, be sure to wear safety gears (helmets, safety shoes, protective glasses, etc.). ï‚Ÿ All work must be done under construction supervisorâ€™s direction. ï‚Ÿ After unpacking, be careful not to be injured by nails and wood debris. ï‚Ÿ When using a ladder during panel removal, be careful not to fall. ï‚Ÿ Dismantle the product safely with a forklift. When using a forklift, block other workers from passing by. 15 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) ï‚Ÿ When moving the EV charger, do not shake or tilt it more than 30Â°. ï‚Ÿ Be careful not to apply shock to the outside of the product. It may cause damage to the external and internal parts of the product. ï‚Ÿ Do not leave cargo unattended in a dangerous or unstable place. ï‚Ÿ Unpack the product and check for shipping damage. If shipping damage is found, contact the freight forwarder. ï‚Ÿ Compare the badge with the packing list and invoice to make sure you have received the correct charger. If there is any discrepancy, immediately contact the shipper. ï‚Ÿ Do not install or operate the charger if it has been dropped, hit hard, or damaged while moving the product. If any damage is found, immediately contact the purchased site or dealer. ï‚Ÿ Damage or failure during product unloading and moving is not covered under warranty. ï‚Ÿ When moving the product, be sure to observe the applicable handling instructions by checking the symbols and cautions on the packing box. Failure to observe handling instructions may damage the product. Item Alert sign Handling precautions Center Center of the product Sling here Use it to locate the wire rope is at this mark. This side up Handle the package so that it is on top as indicated and do not tilt the Do not tilt package. Fragile The components of the package box are fragile, so be careful not to Handle with care shock them. Make sure that the components of the package box are never wet by Keep dry boiling. Keep indoors Keep the package indoors. Do not allow moisture to form inside the packaging; Keep from moisture Store in a dry place. Do not stack Do not stack goods between package tops. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 16 6 Safety precautions during transportation and installation ï‚Ÿ For safety, tidy up the work place before installing the product. ï‚Ÿ All work must be done by multiple workers. Failure to observe safety precautions during installation may cause serious injury or property damage. ï‚Ÿ During loading or unloading, be sure to wear safety gears (helmets, safety shoes, protective glasses, etc.). ï‚Ÿ When lifting or lowering the product, move it slowly and keep the product balanced. ï‚Ÿ Before lowering the product, check that there are no protrusions or unnecessary items or tools on the floor. ï‚Ÿ Drive the forklift at speeds in a safe range. ï‚Ÿ When lifting with a crane or forklift, do not approach below the product or in the moving direction. Falling may cause death or injury. ï‚Ÿ When moving the EV charger, be careful not to let the technician get crushed by the product or get their body parts caught. ï‚Ÿ When using a ladder during EV charger installation, be careful not to fall. ï‚Ÿ Do not place flammable objects around the installation site. ï‚Ÿ Electrical wiring must be performed only by qualified technicians. ï‚Ÿ After installation, close the product properly to prevent foreign substances from penetrating it. It may cause short circuit or product failure. ï‚Ÿ Be sure to remove foreign substances (tools, wires, bolts, washers) after installation, inspection, and maintenance. It may cause short circuit or fire. ï‚Ÿ Place the charging couplers (CCS) in the designated outlet. It may cause short circuit or electric shock. ï‚Ÿ During inspection after installation, be sure to shut off the main circuit breaker of the charger, then shut off the circuit breaker sub-panel and then check the product. It may cause electric shock. ï‚Ÿ When checking the cut-off status after turning off the power, use an appropriate instrument. It may cause electric shock. ï‚Ÿ During inspecting after installation, be sure to discharge the charging current and then open the door after a sufficient time. It may cause injury or electric shock. ï‚Ÿ Fasten bolts and screws with the specified torque. It may cause overheating or fire. ï‚Ÿ Do not use bolts longer than the specified length. It may cause short circuit or fire. ï‚Ÿ To power off the charger, shut off the main circuit breaker and then shut off the circuit breaker sub- panel. To power on the charger, turn on the circuit breaker sub-panel and then turn on the main circuit breaker. Failure to follow the procedure may cause short circuit or injury due to ARC heat, and system overload. 17 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 7 Safety gear Safety gear is protective equipment for safety of worker when installing or maintaining the product. Workers must wear appropriate safety gear before a work. ï‚Ÿ Use the safety gear certified by NFPA 70, NFPA70E, and OSHA. Signal word Name Description Safety helmet For safety of worker Safety shoes For safety of worker Installation work Safety vest For safety of worker Dust mask For safety of worker Protective For safety of worker glasses Insulating Electrical work For safety of worker gloves Insulating For safety of worker apron Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 18 8 Safety devices The EV charger is equipped with Emergency Stop buttons to stop operation upon emergency. The emergency stop button is a device that immediately stops the chargerâ€™s operation and cuts off the power upon emergency during operation to ensure your safety and prevent a product damage. Upon emergency, press the emergency stop button immediately and notify others of the situation. 8.1 Emergency stop button (EMO) Upon emergency, press the emergency stop button according to the following procedure. 1 Check the emergency situation and then press the emergency stop button on the front of the EV charger. 2 Once the emergency situation has been resolved, release the emergency stop button. ï‚Ÿ To release the Emergency Stop button, turn it clockwise and then pull it out. Caution ï‚Ÿ Use the Emergency Stop button only upon emergency. Do not press the Emergency Stop button under normal operating conditions other than emergency situations. ï‚Ÿ The charger cannot be used unless the Emergency Stop button is released. If the emergency situation is cleared, be sure to release the Emergency Stop button. 19 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 9 Safety precautions during storage ï‚Ÿ Before installation and power supply, the product must be stored in a clean and dry place at a temperature of -40â„ƒ to +70â„ƒ (-40Â°F to +158Â°F). ï‚Ÿ The charger must be stored in an upright box for storage. This protects the charger from dust ingress and internal damage. ï‚Ÿ The charger must be stored in a place where it cannot be damaged or stacked with other things on the top. ï‚Ÿ Store in a dust-free environment. If stored in a dusty environment, more frequent maintenance is required for equipment life and performance. ï‚Ÿ Do not store the product in a place where there is much moisture or prone to flooding. It may cause insulation breakdown or degradation of the product performance. ï‚Ÿ Do not store the product outdoors for a long time. Moisture and direct sunlight may cause product deformation or performance degradation. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 20 Precautions for selecting the location 1 Space requirements This chapter describes the minimum installation space and clearance considering maintenance when installing the charger. 1.1 EV charger specifications for installation It describes the foot print specifications on the ground and the minimum space when installing the EV charger. ï‚Ÿ EV charger foot print specifications Item Specification ï‚Ÿ EV charger footprint dimension: 700 mm (2â€™ 3.6â€) x 897.6 mm (2â€™ 11.3â€) ï‚Ÿ Minimum extra free space for the EV charger EV charger Minimum of 1,000 mm (3â€™ 3.4â€) on the left and right to use the coupler. foot print Minimum of 700 mm (2â€™ 3.6â€) on the rear and 1,000 mm (3â€™ 3.4â€) on the front to open the front door and rear cover by a service engineer. ï‚Ÿ Refer to the Appendix 1. Dimension for more details. (see page 70) 21 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) ï‚Ÿ In case of installation of multiple EV chargers The charging system uses a forced air circulation method to drive the air fan and dissipate the heat generated from the inside. The EV charger is equipped with forced air fan facilities, as well as air inlets and outlets, respectively. When installing multiple EV chargers, the installation site must be determined considering air ventilation. The positions of the air inlet and outlet are as follows: Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 22 If you are installing multiple EV chargers, refer to the following specifications. ï‚Ÿ Side to side installation ï‚Ÿ Back to front installation 23 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) ï‚Ÿ Back to back installation Item Specification EV chargers can be installed side to side. Side to side installation The minimum clearance between EV chargers is 1,800 mm (5â€™ 10.9â€). EV chargers can be installed back to front. Back to front installation ï‚Ÿ The minimum clearance between EV chargers is 1,000 mm (3â€™ 3.4â€) with the front door closed. EV chargers can be installed back to back. Back to back installation The minimum clearance between EV chargers is 700 mm (2â€™ 3.6â€) with the rear door closed. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 24 Caution ï‚Ÿ Do not block the air inlet and outlet. It may cause output degradation, burnout, or product failure. ï‚Ÿ Keep a distance of at least 700 mm (2â€™ 3.6â€) from the air inlets and outlets. If there is a wall in front of the air outlet, it should be installed with a minimum clearance of 700 mm (2â€™ 3.6â€). 25 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 1.2 Installation recommendations ï‚Ÿ The waterproof rating of the charger is NEMA 3R. The NEMA 3R rating protects the product against dust that could affect the normal operation of the product, and against low-pressure water streams (showers, water sprays from a hose) sprayed from all directions. Before installing the product in an area with frequent flooding or torrential rain, construct a concrete foundation that is at least 100 mm (3.94â€) thick. ï‚Ÿ If the charger needs to be installed in a place exposed to direct sunlight all day or with high ambient temperature, install a protective device (e.g. canopy) for protection. If the protective device has not been installed, the temperature inside the charger may exceed the maximum temperature, resulting in malfunction. ï‚Ÿ Condensation may occur if the temperature change range of the charger installation site is large. When installing the charger in a place where there is a possibility of condensation, install a ventilation system or dehumidifier. 1.3 Installation restrictions Do not install the charging system in any of the following conditions. If the charging system is installed in a restricted place, it may not operate properly. ï‚Ÿ Do not install in flood-prone areas. There is a risk of product failure or short circuit. â€“ The waterproof rating of the charger is NEMA 3R, but normal operation cannot be guaranteed if it is installed in a place where frequent floods occur or it is directly exposed to excessive moisture. ï‚Ÿ Do not install horizontally. ï‚Ÿ Do not install for mobile applications. â€“ This unit is to be connected to a bonded/grounded, metal, permanent wiring system; or an equipment-bonding/grounding conductor is to be run with circuit conductors and connected to equipment-bonding/grounding terminal or lead on battery charger. â€“ Connections to battery charger shall comply with all local codes and ordinances. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 26 2 Communication environment ï‚Ÿ When linking a cloud server for billing, EV chargers can only be used in environments where LTE or 4G communications are available. â€“ In free vender mode, communication network is not required. 3 Ambient environments ï‚Ÿ A dry and well-ventilated place ï‚Ÿ A place far away from dangerous goods manufacturing sites or storages where there is a risk of fire or explosion ï‚Ÿ A flat place where the ground has no slope ï‚Ÿ A place where there is no possibility of generating salt damage, corrosive gas, or toxic gas ï‚Ÿ A place where vibration or strong shock does not occur ï‚Ÿ A place free from flooding, inundation or snowfall hazards ï‚Ÿ A place where drainage pipes are secured ï‚Ÿ A place that is not exposed to direct sunlight or high temperatures in the daytime Item Description Operating temperature -35 â„ƒ to +55 â„ƒ (-31 Â°F to +131 Â°F) (with derating) Relative humidity 5 to 95 % Altitude Below 2,000 m (6561.68 ft) above sea level Caution ï‚Ÿ Performance degradation may occur when used in environments outside the operating temperature range. 27 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Installation Drawings During installation, be sure to comply with the civil engineer design and local regulations. The following illustrations present the examples for installation. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 28 System overview 1 Specification 1.1 Electrical Item Specification Vn: 277 / Vmax: 385 AC SPD Type 1ca (UL1449-4th) I n: 20 kA / Imax: 50 kA Surge Capability Vn: 1000 (norm) / Vmax: 1,150 DC SPD Type 1ca (UL1449-4th) I n: 20 kA / Imax: 50 kA Short circuit capacity ELCB Imax [kA] 35 kA at 480 V DC fuse Max current [A] 700 A 29 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 1.2 General 1.2.1 Charger Item Specification Remarks Model FC200K-B2-PS Combination 1 POWER Input Rating 480 Vac Â± 10 % Electrical 3P(R,S,T)+N Distrbution Input Current [A] 284A (Max.) Input Power [kVA] 210kVA Frequency 50/60 Hz AC Input Power Factor > 0.95(Typ) Efficiency > 95% @Max. Load THDi (Total harmonic <5% (@Load >50%, <50th) distortion) Ground type TN-S (ex. TN-S, TN-C) Output Power [kW] 200kW (Max.) Output Voltage 150 â€“ 1,000Vdc Range [Vdc] Output Current [A] CCS1 : 350A (boost 500A, within 10 min @+25â„ƒ) (Max.) ï‚Ÿ Dual CCS1, Power Sharing (per 100kW) DC Output Output Interface ï‚Ÿ Only 1ch : Max 200kW / 2ch : Max 100kW (per 1ch) Maximum number of Evs Charging 2 simultaneously Available CCS1, NACS (TBD) Connectors Standby Power 295W Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 30 Item Specification Remarks Icc (Short Circuit 35 kA Current) Metering Accuracy Less than 1% Active power sharing Power Charging Scenario ï‚Ÿ min ~ 200 : 0 Sharing ï‚Ÿ 0 : min ~ 200 ï‚Ÿ min ~ 100 : min ~ 100 GENERAL Display 32 inch / FHD (1920x1080) / Touch Screen English, Spanish Support Language (additional languages available on request) ï‚Ÿ Operation Buttons (3 buttons) Push Buttons User Interface ï‚Ÿ Emergency Stop Button & Control ï‚Ÿ RFID (ISO/IEC14443 A/B, ISO15693) User ï‚Ÿ NFC Authentication ï‚Ÿ IC Reader ï‚Ÿ Nayax VPOS : IC Reader Payment ï‚Ÿ NFC (Mifare) / Payter P68 : NFC (Mifare) External Ethernet, Wi-Fi & 4G, LTE Modem Communicati on Internal CAN Bus / RS485 / RS232 / Ethernet Operating Temperature -35â„ƒ to +55â„ƒ / -31Â°F to +131Â°F [â„ƒ/â„‰] Derating [â„ƒ/â„‰] +45â„ƒ / +113Â°F Storage Temperature -40â„ƒ to +70â„ƒ / -40Â°F to +158Â°F [â„ƒ/â„‰] Environmenta l Humidity [%] 5 to 95% relative humidity without Condensing Altitude [m/ft] 2,000m (6,561ft) IP Level Outdoor, NEMA 3R IK Level IK10 (Touch screen, IK08) Noise Level [dB] < 60dB Cooling Method Ventilation by fan control 31 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Item Specification Remarks Dimensions ï‚Ÿ 700 x 830 x 2,050 mm / 2.297 x 2.723 x 6.726 ft (WxDxH) [mm/ft] Weight [kg] ï‚Ÿ 493 kg / 1,086 lb 5m / 16.4 ft Mechanical Cable Length [m/ft] (Outside Length = Eternal Cable + Connector head) Cable Management Retractor Cable Enclosure material 304 stainless steel / Glam White / color Protection ï‚Ÿ Over Voltage Protection ï‚Ÿ Over Current Protection ï‚Ÿ Over Temperature Protection ï‚Ÿ Proximity loss Protection Protection ï‚Ÿ SPD (Surge Protection) ï‚Ÿ IMD (Insulation monitor device) ï‚Ÿ FG Disconnection Detect Protection ï‚Ÿ RCD Type A + DC 6mA Certification NRTL (UL), Energy Star Safety UL2202, UL2231-1, UL2231-2,UL991, UL1998, CSA EMC FCC Part 15 Regulation Metering CTEP (NTEP) Charging Interface DIN70121, ISO15118-2 (PnC) Protocol Life cycle Min.10 years (not including wear parts) Useful life Warranty 2 years Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 32 1.2.2 Optional Item Specification Remarks ï‚Ÿ Enclosure color ï‚Ÿ Top / Side LED indicator Color & Design ï‚Ÿ Brand logo (Case, HMI UI) ï‚Ÿ User Interface (Brand Logo, Background / 1st and Last Full image) Customization Display (HMI) â€“ 15â€ Standard 32â€ FHD ï‚Ÿ Assist Handle Accessory ï‚Ÿ Helical Band Useful Life Warranty The additional year of warranty can be purchased 33 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 1.3 Certifications 1.3.1 UL 1.3.2 FCC 1.3.3 Energy Star 1.3.4 CTEP 1.3.5 OCA 1.3.6 J2894 Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 34 2 EV Charger The following lists the part names of the EV charger and their descriptions. 2.1 Outside of the EV charger No. Name Description The LED banner to display and indicate status of charger 1 LED banner (Halo) *LED banner is NOT included in this product or manual. The current charger status is displayed. You can tap the HMI screen to start 2 HMI or stop the vehicle charging. It is used to lock or unlock the EV charger door. 3 Door handle/lock ï‚Ÿ Lock the charger so that it cannot be opened arbitrarily. 4 Vent The fan forces air circulation inside and outside the charger. Use the Operation button when the HMI does not operate normally. You 5 Operation button can operate the charger by pressing the button without tapping the HMI screen. 6 RFID card reader It detects the identified card for charger and communicates with the server. Emergency stop 7 It stops operating the charger immediately. button 8 Credit card reader You can pay by inserting a credit card. 9 Coupler holder It stores the CCS coupler. 35 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) No. Name Description 10 Coupler It connects between the electric charger and a vehicle. It is the rear cover of the charger. 11 Rear cover ï‚Ÿ You can open or close the cover for maintenance. The charger operation status is displayed using the LED light. 12 LED light belt ï‚Ÿ Blue: Chargerâ€™s standby and operation status ï‚Ÿ Orange: Any trouble or malfunction is encountered while charging ï‚Ÿ Green: Charging in progress Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 36 2.2 Inside of the EV charger 2.2.1 Front No. Name Description 1 Modem This device connects the chargers with a network. MCB / RCCB 2 (Miniature Circuit The circuit breaker cuts off power of the charger control board. Breaker / Residual 37 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) No. Name Description Current Circuit Breaker) It attenuates the electromagnetic noise generated by the system and 3 Single phase noise filter passes the required signals. This device measures and records the active power of the circuit 4 ADC metering board connected to the charger over time. Terminal Block 5 It delivers input current to the whole system. (AC input) AC SPD This device protects the charger upon overvoltage (surge) such as 6 (surge protector) lightning. 7 Main ground bus bar This device is a bus bar for ground connection. MCCB / RCD (Molded Case Circuit The main circuit breaker of the charger cuts off power of the entire 8 Breaker / Residual- charger control board. current device) AC terminal block 9 It applies power to the SMPS. (for control board) 10 DC terminal block It delivers DC current. This conductor delivers AC current from the switch gear to the power 11 AC bus bar module. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 38 2.2.2 Rear No. Name Description DC SPD This device protects the charger upon overvoltage (surge) such as 1 (surge protector) lightning. If overcurrent occurs by a ground fault or short circuit in the mains, the 2 DC fuse fuse cuts off the overcurrent. Magnetic contactor This electrical switching device opens and closes the circuits by 3 (M/C) operating the contacts with the electromagnet. It attenuates the electromagnetic noise generated by the system and 4 Noise filter/coil passes the required signals. 39 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Site Preparation SK Signet provides the recommendations in accordance with the NEC (National Electric Code). Be sure to comply with local laws and electric contractorâ€™s instructions, and then follow the civil engineer design. This section describes the checkup items before installation of the charger. 1 Grid Capacity Be sure to check the transformer capacity to ensure that multiple chargers can be installed in your location. Consult your electricity provider for transformer capacity and electrical specifications. 2 Protective Earth You must provide a protective grounding when installing the charger. The following types of protective grounding are available. ï‚Ÿ TN-S ï‚Ÿ TN-C ï‚Ÿ TN-C-S ï‚Ÿ IT Recommended to follow the contractor or civil engineersâ€™ direction. 3 Conduit To connect the grid and the charger with a cable, conduits must be laid under the ground in advance. When installing the conduit, use any of two methods: burying pipes underground or installing with an external tray. It is recommended to bury pipes underground not to interfere with walking. Select an installation method according to the site situation. ï‚Ÿ Select the appropriate size so that the cable area is less than 40% of the conduit cross-section. ï‚Ÿ Select the appropriate material of conduit depending on the construction site. ï‚Ÿ Recommend using PVC conduit of 3'' or higher when burying conduit underground with 250 MCM cable. Caution ï‚Ÿ When installing a charger, the cable connected to the grid is leaded only into the bottom of the charger. The cable cannot be routed anywhere other than the bottom of the charger. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 40 4 Foundation For installation of the charging system, install a solid base on the floor and then fix the product on it. The following describes the foundation work required for indoor or outdoor installation. 4.1 Concrete foundation ï‚Ÿ Prepare a stable, level foundation pad considering the weight of the product. ï‚Ÿ Construct the foundation pad at least 100 mm (3.94â€) above the ground to avoid damage from flooding. Install the foundation pad underground at a height more than twice the height of the exposed part, so that the structure of more than 2/3 of the height can support the product. The part installed underground must be at least 400 mm (1â€™ 3.7â€). â€“ However, when the part above the ground is 200 mm (7.87â€) or less, the part underground must be 400 mm. â€“ When the part above the ground is more than 200 mm, the underground height of the structure must be at least twice. e.g. 220 mm above the ground + 440 mm underground ï‚Ÿ After conducting the foundation work, prepare the foundation to install the charger according to the civil engineer design. The foundation work must be performed through the processes such as rubble compaction and casting of blinding concrete. ï‚Ÿ Prepare the foundation pad construction with concrete that meets local rules. ï‚Ÿ Be sure to prepare conduits during the foundation work so that the conduit can be installed together with the foundation pad. Place the conduit at a height of approximately 300 to 400 mm above the ground. â€“ Cut the conduit less than 100mm (3.94'') above the ground before installation. 41 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) ï‚Ÿ Consider the disabled people and proceed with the foundation work to ensure wheelchair access. ï‚Ÿ If you use a mechanical set anchor, the foundation must be wider than the bottom of the charger. When installing the foundation, it is recommended to allow more space than the bottom of the charger. Notice ï‚Ÿ Set (Mechanical) anchor bolts require at least 180 mm (7.08â€) space from each side. This space is provided to prevent foundation damage. ï‚Ÿ When using the J anchor, check the foot print specification. (see page 20) 4.2 Metal Frame Foundation When installing a metal frame, customize it according to the site situation. Be sure to comply with local laws and civil regulations. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 42 5 Cable selection The maximum allowable current of the charger is 284 A. Prepare the cables considering the construction method and voltage drop depending on the distance. The provided cable specifications are recommended by SK Signet. 5.1 Recommend ï‚Ÿ Use a cable that can carry a current of 284 A or more. ï‚Ÿ Recommend using a 250 MCM copper cable considering 100 ft and 5% voltage drop conditions. Caution ï‚Ÿ Leave the cable about 800 mm Â± 100 mm off the ground. When installing the charger, considering the height of the AC terminal where the cable is connected, pull out the cable off the ground. 5.2 AC cable specification AC power cables Item (three-phase) Copper, Aluminum Material (Please determine the allowable current based on the cable material and use it according to the standards) 4 Number of cables 3P4W x 1 Cross section 250 MCM SQ (mm2) 120 mm2 L1 Brown L2 Orange Color L3 Yellow N Gray Ground Green Notice 43 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) ï‚Ÿ Use the FG cables with the half of the wire specification applied to the input AC. However, give priority to regional installation regulations for installation. Apply the ground cable over than the half dimensions of phase-conduit. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 44 6 Lug specifications When connecting cables to the AC terminal block, use lugs with the following specifications: ï‚Ÿ Use rugs with a maximum width of 45 mm or less. Item Description Bolt size M12 W Max. 45 mm (1.8 â€œ) L Donâ€™t care I Donâ€™t care Ã˜ d Depend on your cable size 45 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Installation 1 Installation tool check list Before you install the charger, check which tools you need for each task. You must use those tools for the task. All tools used for installation must meet the industrial safety standards. 1.1 Unpacking Work Work tool ï‚Ÿ Forklift (over 1.5 tons) ï‚Ÿ Crane (over 2.5 tons) Unpacking ï‚Ÿ Wrench ï‚Ÿ Phillips screwdriver or crosshead (+) screwdriver ï‚Ÿ Crowbar 1.2 Mechanical Installation Work Work tool ï‚Ÿ Crane or hoist (over 2.5 tons) ï‚Ÿ Lifting loops ï‚Ÿ Sling bar ï‚Ÿ Hoisting equipment ï‚Ÿ Screw driver (+) (1 EA) ï‚Ÿ Socket wrench M16 (24 mm) (1 EA) Mechanical ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench 5 mm (M6) (1 EA) Installation ï‚Ÿ Spanner 24 mm (0.94â€) (1 EA) Provided in the ï‚Ÿ M4 truss bolt (+) (12 EA) product ï‚Ÿ Chemical anchor M16 x 190 mm (7.48â€) (4 EA) ï‚Ÿ M4 truss bolt (+) ï‚Ÿ M16 nut, M16 plain washer (4 EA) (12 EA) ï‚Ÿ M16 hex head bolts (4 EA) ï‚Ÿ M16 hex head ï‚Ÿ Teflon tape bolts (4 EA) 1.3 Electrical wiring Work Work tool ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench 10 mm (M12) (1EA) ï‚Ÿ Nipper or wire stripper Electrical wiring ï‚Ÿ Cable cutter ï‚Ÿ Screw driver (slot driver type) Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 46 Work Work tool ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench 5mm (M6) (1 EA) ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench 6mm (M8) (1 EA) * M6, M8 bolts are for the ground busbar. These bolts ï‚Ÿ M6 hex wrench bolts (2 EA) * are not included in ï‚Ÿ M8 hex wrench bolts (2 EA) * the product and ï‚Ÿ Crimped lug must be prepared separately before installation. 1.4 Releasing the cable management Work Work tool ï‚Ÿ M6 hex wrench 5 mm (1 EA) Releasing the weight ï‚Ÿ M6 hex wrench bolts (4 EA) 2 Precautions on Installation Before installing the charger, check the following: ï‚Ÿ Ensure that all conduit burial and foundation work is complete at the installation site. ï‚Ÿ Check whether 5 cable strands are buried in the conduit, the cable length meets the specifications, and the cable is damaged. ï‚Ÿ Check the level condition of the foot print previously installed at the installation site using a level. If it is not level, proceed with construction again to level it. ï‚Ÿ Ensure charger package is delivered on schedule for installation. ï‚Ÿ Check whether the charger package is shaking or tilted more than 30Â°. If the charger is tilted, problems may occur with the product. 47 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) ï‚Ÿ Check the delivered product package box for damage. If there is any damage found, do not disassemble the product and contact the manufacturer and delivery company. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 48 3 Unpacking Read the warning, caution, and symbol signs on page 14. Work Work tool ï‚Ÿ Forklift (over 1.5 tons) ï‚Ÿ Crane (over 2.5 tons) Unpacking ï‚Ÿ Wrench ï‚Ÿ Phillips screwdriver or crosshead (+) screwdriver (PH1) ï‚Ÿ Crowbar 1 Unload the EV charger box from the transport truck with a forklift. Item Specification ï‚Ÿ Size: 1,150 mm (L) x 1,150 mm (W) x 2,820 mm (H) / 3â€™ 9.3â€ (L) x 3â€™ 9.3â€ (W) x 9â€™ 3â€ (H) EV charger box ï‚Ÿ Gross weight : 600 kg ï‚Ÿ Net weight: 493 kg / 1,086 lb Caution ï‚Ÿ When moving with a forklift, do not lift the EV charger box from the left side. When moving the box, the center of gravity must be located in the center of the product. 49 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 2 Set down the EV charger box by standing it up at the unpacking position. ï‚Ÿ Check the â€œThis side upâ€ mark on the wood packing. 3 Remove the wood packaging by separating the screws on the front and top. ï‚Ÿ Check the Open mark on the front and top. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 50 4 Unfasten each joistâ€™s screws on the floor and then remove all 8 joists. ï‚Ÿ Two joists are equipped on each side. 5 Remove the rust-proof vinyl. 6 Check if there is any problem on the outside or inside of the EV charger after removing all packaging. ï‚Ÿ Check whether the product has been damaged or deformed. ï‚Ÿ Check the types and numbers of components, and then check that there are any missing parts. ï‚Ÿ Check the parts inside the product, and then check if the bolts of the internal parts are loose and there are any abnormal cables. 7 Remove the plastic bag containing the door keys and cover caps from the EV chargerâ€™s coupler. ï‚Ÿ Store the door key in a safe place not to lose them. 51 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 3.1 Checking components After unpacking, check that all components of the EV charger have been delivered. Part Quantity Check (Y/N) EV charger door 2 EA key EV charger cover 4 EA cap ï‚Ÿ For insertion after removing the eye bolts Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 52 4 Mechanical installation After unpacking, install the EV charger at the location where the foundation construction has been completed. 4.1 Mounting the EV charger Danger ï‚Ÿ Make sure that the power supply switch on the EV charger is turned off. Perform a voltage check to make sure that power is completely cut off from the EV charger. Work Work tool ï‚Ÿ Crane or hoist (over 2.5 tons) ï‚Ÿ Lifting loops ï‚Ÿ Sling bar ï‚Ÿ Hoisting equipment ï‚Ÿ Socket wrench M16 (24 mm) (1 EA) ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench 5 mm (M6) (1 EA) Move EV charger ï‚Ÿ Screw driver (+) (1 EA) with a hoist ï‚Ÿ Spanner 24 mm (1 EA) ï‚Ÿ Chemical anchor M16 x 190 mm (7.48â€) (4 EA) ï‚Ÿ M4 truss bolt (+) (12 EA) ï‚Ÿ M16 nut, M16 plain washer (4 EA) ï‚Ÿ M16 hex head bolts (4 EA) ï‚Ÿ Teflon tape 1 Check the level of the floor with a level. 53 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 2 Remove the nut and washer, insert the bolt and sleeve into the anchor hole. And using a hammer, fix the anchor bolt into the ground. 3 Make sure the foundation pad is free of dust or foreign substances except for the conduit and anchor bolts. 4 Attach lifting loops or sling bars to the two eye bolts on the top of the EV charger. ï‚Ÿ The lifting loop or sling bar must support at least twice the weight of the EV charger. ï‚Ÿ Select the lifting loop or sling bar according to the ISO 7531 standards. ï‚Ÿ When lifting the charger with a hoist, make sure that the lifting angle does not exceed 65Â°. Keep the angle below 65Â° while moving the charger to prevent distortion or damage due to load. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 54 5 Attach a lifting loop or sling bar to the hoist. 6 Before lifting the product with a hoist, open the front door and then remove the rear cover. ï‚Ÿ When removing the rear cover, store it in a safe place to prevent damage or loss of fixing screws. Work Item Specification Quantity ï‚Ÿ Size: Truss bolt (+) 4mm (0.16â€) Removing the rear M4 truss bolt (+) ï‚Ÿ Loosening torque: 6.5 N.m 12 EA cover ï‚Ÿ Tool: Screw driver (+) 55 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 7 Lift the product with a hoist and then remove the moving plate on the floor by unfastening 4 bolts. ï‚Ÿ Bolt spec: M16 hex bolt 8 Lift the EV charger and place it after precise alignment with the anchors fixed on the installation floor and the installation holes on the bottom of the EV charger. When the charger is placed on the installation surface, grab the cable on the ground and then insert it into the cable hole at the bottom of the charger. Then place it in the correct position. ï‚Ÿ Be careful not to damage the cables protruding from the installation surface when placing the charger. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 56 Notice ï‚Ÿ At least two workers are required to seat the EV charger. A person must work on the hoisting equipment, and the other must guide the seating position of the EV charger. 9 Assemble the nuts and washers on the anchor bolts to fix the EV charger on the ground. Work Item Specification Quantity ï‚Ÿ Anchor hole size: âŒ€20 mm (0.79â€) Assembling the anchor M16 nut ï‚Ÿ Tightening torque: 50 N.m 4 EA bolts (with M16 plain washer) ï‚Ÿ Tool: Socket wrench M16 (24mm) 57 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 10 Mount the rear covers of the EV charger. Work Item Specification Quantity ï‚Ÿ Size: Truss bolt (+) 4mm (0.16â€) Assembling the rear M4 truss bolt ï‚Ÿ Tightening torque: 2.0 N.m 12 EA cover ï‚Ÿ Tool: Screw driver (+) Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 58 11 Remove the lifting loop or sling bar from the top of the charger, and then remove the eye bolts. 12 After assembling the M16 Hex bolt with the rubber packing, wrap approximately 200 mm Teflon tape around the bolt counterclockwise. 59 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 13 Assemble the cover caps into the hole from which the eye bolts were removed and secure them with a wrench. Work Item Specification Quantity ï‚Ÿ Tightening torque: 52.2 N.m Assembling the cover caps M16 Hex bolt ï‚Ÿ Tool: Spanner 24mm 4 EA or Socket wrench M16 (24mm) Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 60 5 Electrical wiring After installing the EV charger, connect the ground cable and AC cables. ï‚Ÿ Make sure that 5 cable strands (3-phase 4-wire cable, ground wire) are prepared at the installation site according to the wiring specifications. If the cable does not meet the specifications or is damaged, contact the installation siteâ€™s supervisor immediately. ï‚Ÿ If the cable specifications are met and there is no problem, after stripping the cable sheath to connect to the lug, insert the lug into the cable. ï‚Ÿ V2 200K charger input cable overview Danger ï‚Ÿ Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on the equipment. ï‚Ÿ Connecting the power supply should be performed only by a licensed professional. ï‚Ÿ Do a voltage check to make sure there is no electrical power on the cables or in the system. 61 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 5.1 Connecting the AC 3-phase cables Connect the switch gear at the installation site and the AC terminal block of the EV charger with a 3- phase cable. Warning ï‚Ÿ The lug specification of the terminal block mounted on the equipment is 45 mm. Select a proper lug to connect considering the terminal block specifications. The company is not responsible for assembly failures when the lugs greater than the terminal block specifications were used or any damage was applied to the equipment. Work Work tool ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench 10mm (M12) (1EA) ï‚Ÿ Nipper or wire stripper ï‚Ÿ Cable cutter ï‚Ÿ Screw driver (slot driver type) Wiring ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench 5mm (M6) (1 EA) ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench 6mm (M8) (1 EA) ï‚Ÿ M6 hex wrench bolts (2 EA) ï‚Ÿ M8 hex wrench bolts (2 EA) ï‚Ÿ Crimped lug 1 Check the appropriate length for assembling the AC cable to the terminal block and then cut it with a cable cutter. ï‚Ÿ Cut the cable to a length that is not too loose or pulled tight when assembled to the terminal block. 2 Peel off the cable insulation and connect the lugs of each AC cables. Protect the cable with an insulation tube as below. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 62 3 Connect a ground wire to one of M8 terminals on the ground bus bar. ï‚Ÿ The remaining M8 and M6 terminals are spare. Use them later for additional grounding works. Work Item Specification Quantity Assembling the ground ï‚Ÿ Tightening torque: 9.0 Â± 0.4 N.m Hex wrench bolt ï‚Ÿ Hex wrench bolt (M8) bus bar ï‚Ÿ Tool: Hex wrench 6 mm (M8) (M8) 2EA 63 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 4 Remove 1 protection covers assembled on the terminal block on the front of EV charger. 5 Remove M12 bolts assembled on the terminal block with the wrench. ï‚Ÿ Store the protection cover and bolts in a safe place to prevent loss or damage. ï‚Ÿ AC terminal block dimension Item Description Quantity AC terminal block 3P4W 1EA Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 64 6 Fasten 4 strands of the AC cable assembled with the lug to the AC terminal block with an M12 bolt. Tightening Loosening Item Terminal assignment Bolt Quantity torque (N.m) torque (N.m) L1 Brown M12 43 33.7 1 EA (R phase) L2 43 Orange M12 33.7 1 EA (S phase) Wiring AC cable L3 43 Yellow M12 33.7 1 EA (T phase) N 43 Gray M12 33.7 1 EA (Neutral) 7 Reassemble 1 separated protection covers to the terminal blocks. 65 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 8 After closing the front door of the EV charger, insert the key into the lock on the door to lock it. 9 After locking the front door of the charger with a key, return the door key to the installation manager (director). Caution ï‚Ÿ If rain or dust enters the inside of the equipment, any defect or malfunction may occur. After all things are finished, be sure to close the door and lock it with a key. Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 66 6 Releasing the EV charger fixture When the EV charger is shipped out, it is fixed so that it may not move by fastening screws to the weight fixing part to prevent damage to the equipment. After installation, remove the screws from the fixing part for normal operation of the EV charger. Caution ï‚Ÿ The couplers (CCS Cables) do not move if the screws are not removed from the fixing part for weights. For normal operation of the charger, be sure to remove the screws on fixing part. 6.1 Releasing the weight Remove the weight fixing screws at the bottom of the chargerâ€™s front. ï‚Ÿ The weight fixings inside the front can be checked after removing the protective cover. ï‚Ÿ After removing the weight fixing screws, remove and discard the bracket that mounted to secure the screws. Item Bolt Loosening torque (N.m) Quantity Releasing the Hex wrench bolt (M6) 4.3 N.m 4 EA weight 67 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 7 Final check After installing the charger, see the following checklist. You should be able to answer â€œyesâ€ to every item on the checklist. If not, review the corresponding section to finish the installation. If you have any inquiries or need assistance with installation, contact Technical Support. 7.1 EV charger Installing the EV charger Current clearance Measure the clearance between the EV charger and record it. Measured No. Check item Criteria Yes No value Is there any rusting or leak in the charger and distribution Visual 1 box? inspection Is there any crack, damage, or contamination on the Visual 2 charger coupler? inspection Is there a burnt smell inside the charger and distribution Visual 3 box? inspection Is there any abnormality in the installation piping, and is Visual 4 the waterproof foam properly applied to both ends? inspection Is there anything wrong with the appearance of the Visual No damage to the 5 charger? inspection enclosure Visual 6 Is there any moisture inside the charger? No moisture inside inspection Fasten eight Visual 7 Is the charger properly fixed to the ground? anchor bolts on inspection the ground. Is the level of the charger within the proper range? 8 Measure 90Â° (92Â° to 88Â°) Visual Check the ground Is the charger grounded? inspection connection. Ground 9 connection Is the grounding resistance within the Visual proper range? inspection Is the L1 cable (brown) correctly Connecting Visual 10 connected to the first terminal of the AC the AC cable inspection terminal block and in good condition? Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 68 Measured No. Check item Criteria Yes No value Is the L2 cable (orange) correctly Visual 11 connected to the second terminal of the inspection AC terminal block and in good condition? Is the L3 cable (yellow) correctly Visual 12 connected to the third terminal of the AC inspection terminal block and in good condition? Is the N cable (gray) correctly connected Visual 13 to the fourth terminal of the AC terminal inspection block and in good condition? 14 L1, L2 voltage: 480 V Â± 10% Measure 15 L1, L3 voltage: 480 V Â± 10% Measure 16 L2, L3 voltage: 480 V Â± 10% Measure Checking the input voltage 17 L1, N voltage: 277 V Â± 10% Measure 18 L2, N voltage: 277 V Â± 10% Measure 19 L3, N voltage: 277 V Â± 10% Measure 69 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Appendix 1 Dimension in mm (inch) Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 70 71 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 72 73 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) 2 Spare parts list With respect to the Corrective Maintenance Service and the Out-of-Scope Services, SK SIGNET will organize and be responsible for all necessary logistics works to ensure a proper service. This includes: ï‚Ÿ Stock keeping ï‚Ÿ Inventory management ï‚Ÿ Spare part delivery ï‚Ÿ Spare part handling No Item Remark N1 Chiller N2 Circuit Breaker N3 Board N4 Power-Module N5 Case N6 HMI N7 DC RELAY N8 IMD N9 LED N10 PLC N11 SMPS N12 TRANS N13 PAYMENT TERMINAL N14 ANTENNA N15 MAGNETIC CONTACTOR N16 CONVERTER Â© 2023. SK Signet. All rights reserved. 74 3 Others 3.1 Name plate MAX 284A, 210kVA 75 FC200K-B2-PS Electric Vehicle Charger Product manual V1.4 (Revision Date 24-10-29) Docusign Envelope ID: 5134320E-3C42-436B-9398-F4B664737F7F SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT Community and Economic Development City of Arlington â€¢ 18204 59th Ave NE â€¢ Arlington, WA 98223 â€¢ Phone (360) 403-3551 In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17, where application is made for construction as described in this section, the Owner or the License Design Professional responsible for, and acting as the ownerâ€™s agent shall employ one or more Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Property Address: 2216 WA-530, Arlington, WA 98223 310050800301500 Lot #: Parcel ID No.: Subdivision: 8 stall Level3 Charging Station with Load managed BESS Project Description: Primary Contact: Owner Architect Engineer âœ” Contractor A1 Gas & Food, LLC None Owner Name: Office No.: singh6463@gmail.com 425-346-8427 Email Address: Cell No.: 2115 116th St NE Tulalip WA 98271 Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Architect Name: Office No.: Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: Professional License Number: Expiration Date: Thomas Kenneth Johnson none Engineer Name: Office No.: tom.johnson@jbwconsult.com 218-600-6208 Email Address: Cell No.: Mailing Address: 4140 Richard Ave STE City: Hermantown State: MN Zip: 55811 650 51488 4/4/25 Professional License Number: Expiration Date: Aviat Group, LLC 406-201-6124 Contractor Name: Office No.: randyh@aviatgroup.com 360-324-6830 Email Address: Cell No.: PO Box 668 Onalaska WA 98570 Mailing Address: City: State: Zip: AVIATGL763N6 8/26/2026 L&I Contractor License Number: Expiration Date: Before a permit can be issued: The owner, Architect or Engineer of record acting as the owner's agent, shall complete this agreement, including the required acknowledgements, and attach structural tests and inspections schedules. A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to review the special inspection requirements and procedures. Page 1 of 4 - REV03.2022 Docusign Envelope ID: 5134320E-3C42-436B-9398-F4B664737F7F SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF 2018 IBC. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE. 1. Duties and Responsibilities of Special Inspector a. Observe Work: The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with City of Arlington approved (stamped) design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC The Architect/ Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/ or project drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items: The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the Contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work, the Special Inspector shall immediately notify the City of Arlington by telephone or in person, and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Daily Reports: Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections to remain at the job site with the contractor for review by the City of Arlington. d. Furnish Weekly Reports: The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to the City of Arlington, project Architect/ Engineer, and others as designated. These reports must include the following: i. Description of daily inspections and test made, with applicable locations. ii. Listing of all non-conforming items. iii. Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved, as applicable. iv. Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/ Engineer of Record and City of Arlington if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report: The Special Inspector or inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to the City of Arlington stating that all items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported, and to the best of his/ her knowledge, in conformance with the approved design drawings, specifications, approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance, unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage (i.e., missed inspections, periodic inspections when inspection was required, etc.) shall be specifically itemized in this report. 2. Contractor Responsibilities a. Notify the Special Inspector: The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the City of Arlington approved plan as specified by the Architect and or Engineer of record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans: The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records: The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by City of Arlington, upon request. 3. City of Arlington a. Approve Special Inspector: The City of Arlington shall approve all Special Inspectors prior to performing any inspection. b. Monitor Special Inspection: Work requiring special inspection and the performance of Special Inspectors shall be monitored by the City of Arlington. His/ Her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the Special Inspector. Page 2 of 4 - REV03.2022 Docusign Envelope ID: 5134320E-3C42-436B-9398-F4B664737F7F 4. Owner Responsibilities a. Funding: The project owner or the Architect or Engineer of record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the Special Inspection Services. 5. Architect or Engineer of Record Responsibilities a. Drawings: The Architect or Engineer of record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections: Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing, compaction, testing of backfill and or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer, and structural welding as work progresses. 6. Indicate items requiring special inspection, structural testing, or structural observations by checking the appropriate box. â˜ STRUCTURAL STEEL â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦. (IBC 1705.2.1 & 1705.12.1) â˜ STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL â€¦â€¦. (IBC 1705.2.2) â˜âœ” CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦. (IBC 1705.3) â˜ MASONRY CONSTRUCTION â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦... (IBC 1705.4) â˜ WOOD CONSTRUCTION â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦ (IBC 1705.5, 1705.11.1 & 1705.12.2) â˜ SOILS CONSTRUCTION â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦.. (IBC 1705.6) â˜ DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦. (IBC 1705.7) â˜ CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦ (IBC 1705.8) â˜ HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦. (IBC 1705.9) â˜ SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦.. (IBC 1705.14) â˜ MASTIC AND INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS â€¦â€¦â€¦.. (IBC 1705.15) â˜ EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦ (IBC 1705.16) â˜ FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦.. (IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category III or IV per IBC Table 1604.5. â˜ SMOKE CONTROL â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦. (IBC 1705.18) â˜ ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦.. (IBC 1705.12.5) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D, E, or F â˜ PLUMBING, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦. (IBC 1705.12.6) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F â˜ SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦... (IBC 1705.12.8) Material alternatives or unusual design applications â˜ SPECIAL CASES â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦â€¦... (IBC 1705.1.1) â˜ MISCELLANEOUS AREA These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer and are to be approved by the Building department. Page 3 of 4 - REV03.2022 Docusign Envelope ID: 5134320E-3C42-436B-9398-F4B664737F7F Acknowledgements I HAVE READ AND AGREE TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. (Attach more sheets for signatures if necessary) A1 GAS & FOOD LLC 12/19/2024 Owner Name: Date: Signature: Aviat Group, LLC 12/19/2024 Contractor Name: Date: Signature: â˜ Submit written statement of responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Ben Fox, GeoTest Services 12/19/2024 Special Inspector Name: Date: Signature: â˜âœ” Submit WABO certification for special inspection agency and inspectors, (or) â˜âœ” Submit Special Inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. Names of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name: Ben Fox Scope of Work: Cast in place concrete Inspector Name: Ben Fox Scope of Work: Concrete anchors for equipment Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Inspector Name: Scope of Work: Architect/Engineer of Record Thomas Kenneth Johnson Date: 12/19/24 Signature: Tom Structural Observer Date: Signature: â˜âœ” Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. â˜ Structural Observations required in accordance with IBC Section 1704.5. SAVE PRINT Page 4 of 4 - REV03.2022 Docusign Envelope ID: 5134320E-3C42-436B-9398-F4B664737F7F Washington Association of Building Officials Special Inspection Agency Certificate of Registration GeoTest Services, Inc. Arlington, Washington â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢ The premise of the Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO) special inspection registration program is that the "special inspector" referred to in the State Building Code is a quality control organization with management and supervisory personnel, special inspectors and laboratory technicians, and the appropriate eqUipment and facilities to conduct special inspection and material testing in accordance with those standards stipulated in the State Building Code . â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢ â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢â€¢ Types of Work RC REINFORCED CONCRETE PC PRESTRESSED CONCRETE SC SHOTCRETE SM STRUCTURAL MASONRY SSB STRUCTURAL STEEL AND BOLTING SW STRUCTURAL WELDING FP SPRAY-APPLIED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS SWD* STRUCTURAL WOOD WI MASS TIMBER CF COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING PA POST- INSTALLED ANCHORS FS FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS EXPIRATlON DATE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR Docusign Envelope ID: 5134320E-3C42-436B-9398-F4B664737F7FWashington Association of Building Officials PO Box 7310, Olympia, WA 98507 360-628-8669 www.wabo.org REGISTERED SPECIAL INSPECTOR BENJAMIN F. FOX 20527 67TH AVE NE ARLINGTON WA 98223 INSPECTOR ID: EXPIRES: Oct 1, 2025 SI 01856 Renew on or before expiration date Valid only when certificate holder is employed by a WABO Registered Agency. RC REINFORCED CONCRETE PC PRESTRESSED CONCRETE SC SHOTCRETE SM STRUCTURAL MASONRY SSB STRUCTURAL STEEL AND BOLTING SW STRUCTURAL WELDING FP SPRAY-APPLIED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS SWD* STRUCTURAL WOOD w/ MASS TIMBER CF COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING PA POST - INSTALLED ANCHORS TYPES OF WORK REGISTEREDTHIS CARD IS THE PROPERTY OF WABO . TOTEM BOLLARD and WALL-MOUNTED FIXTURE BODY: Electrified extruded aluminium cartridge with 130mm diameter and methacrylate outer protective screen. Extruded aluminium poles of various heights. LIGHT SOURCES: WW (Warm White, 3000K) 16W COB LED. Metal halide lamps (35W), compact fluorescent lamps (18W, 22W, 26W and 46W), A55 halogen lamp. POWER SUPPLY: Electromagnetic control gear for the metal halide version, electromagnetic or electronic bollard control gear for models mounting fluorescent lamps and integrated electronic control gear for the LED version. ACCESSORIES: wall-mounted Micro-perforated screen or glass diffuser, mounting bracket, poles with 600mm, 1000mm and 2000mm height. â†’ see accessories IP65 IK06 Emission with Emission with Emission with lamp LED lamp MH - lamp MH - and FL - direct direct direct/indirect LED COB FL TC-L AL A55 FL TC-TE 120Â° 240Â° Roto-symmetrical FL TC-EL FL T8 The 120Â°/140Â° emissions are obtained by use of screen accessories FL TC-D MH (Cartridge 240 / 435) cartridge g@gordonbullard.com 991 South Gull Lake Dr www.bullardbollards.com Richland, MI 49083 1-877-964-4646 USA TOTEM BOLLARD and WALL-MOUNTED FIXTURE Totem bollard* Light source Wattage mm (L) kg Code LED 16W 600 7,40 76427._ _ WW 1000 9,00 76428._ _ WW 110-277 V / 50-60Hz 600mm(23,62")/ 1000mm(39,37") Integrated electronic control gear WW (Warm White): CRI >80 / lm 1990 / K 3000 *Luminaire inclusive of head and pole Methacrylate outer protection Ã¸130mm(5,11") Totem bollard* Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code AL A55 46W E26 4,50 76598. _ _ FL TC-EL 22W 76598._ _ Constant mains voltage operation 360mm(14,17") *Luminaire inclusive of head and pole Methacrylate outer protection Ã¸130mm(5,11") Totem wall-mounted Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code FL TC-D 26W G24d-3 6,50 76596._ _ 110-277V / 50Hz Integrated electromagnetic control gear 540mm(21,25") FL TC-TE 42W GX24q-4 5,90 76597._ _ 110-277V / 50-60Hz Integrated Ã¸130mm(5,11") electronic control gear Colour identification to be added to the code 68 79 86 Grey Corten Anthracite finish grey g@gordonbullard.com 991 South Gull Lake Dr www.bullardbollards.com Richland, MI 49083 1-877-964-4646 USA TOTEM BOLLARD and WALL-MOUNTED FIXTURE Totem cartridge 240 Light source Wattage Fitting kg Code AL A55 46W E26 5,0 76591._ _ FL TC-EL 22W 76591._ _ Constant mains voltage operation 240mm(9,44") FL TC-L 18W 2G11 4,70 76593._ _ FL TC-D 26W G24d-3 5,10 76592._ _ 110-277V / 50Hz Integrated electromagnetic control gear Ã¸130mm(5,11") FL TC-TE 42W GX24q-4 4,20 76594._ _ 110-277V / 50-60Hz Integrated electronic control gear Totem cartridge 435 Light source Wattage Fitting Code 6,00 kg FL TC-L 36W 2G11 76595._ _ 110-277V / 50Hz Integrated electromagnetic control gear 435mm(17,12") 10,0 kg Ã¸130mm(5,11") Totem cartridge 1550 Light source Wattage Fitting Code FL T8 58W G13 76373._ _ 110-277V / 50Hz 1550mm(61,02") Integrated electromagnetic control gear Ã¸130mm(5,11") Colour identification to be added to the code 68 79 86 Grey Corten Anthracite finish grey g@gordonbullard.com 991 South Gull Lake Dr www.bullardbollards.com Richland, MI 49083 1-877-964-4646 USA TOTEM BOLLARD and WALL-MOUNTED FIXTURE Totem cartridge MH 175 direct emission direct-indirect 5,20 kg 5,50 kg 8,70 kg Light source Wattage Fitting Code Code MH 35W G12 76368._ _ 76370._ _ 110-277V / 50Hz 175mm 175mm Integrated electromagnetic control gear (6,88") (6,88") Totem cartridge MH 850 850mm Ã¸130mm Ã¸130mm (33,46") Light source Wattage Fitting Code (5,11") (5,11") MH 35W G12 76369._ _ 110-277V / 50Hz Integrated electromagnetic control gear Modular luminaire Methacrylate outer protection. Ã¸130mm (5,11") Colour identification to be added to the code 68 79 86 Grey Corten Anthracite finish grey Ordering guidelines Totem cartridge â†’ Cartridge 240 / 435 / 1550 â†’ Cartridge MH 175 / 850 Pole H600 Pole H2000 Cartridge code 76375._ _ (above-ground) H code 76377._ _ Pole H1000 180mm(7,08")code 76376._ _ + Ã˜ 2000mm(78,74") Ã˜130mm(5,11") Pole 500mm(19,68") Ã˜130mm(5,11") ACCESSORIES â†’ Bollard Mounting plate with anchor bolts code 76380.00 Micro-perforated screen with Glass diffuser â†’ Cartridge 240 for products white polycarbonate (3-piece code 76384.00 kit) with source AL / FL code 76381.00 Micro-perforated screen with Glass diffuser â†’ Cartridge 435 for products white polycarbonate (3-piece code 76385.00 kit) with source AL / FL code 76382.00 â†’ Cartridge 1550 for Micro-perforated screen code products 76383.00 with source AL / FL g@gordonbullard.com 991 South Gull Lake Dr www.bullardbollards.com Richland, MI 49083 1-877-964-4646 USA !" #$%& "'()*'*+,-./0/12'34+-4)*'*+,- 56%7& 0+'*"3,89: 56%75;;<< =,> 56%7?@?A?B -'1'(C':DE FGH @#7% '-IJK'-(,- L#7 H . H. H. . H M6 3'-IJ2N'0+'*43,89OP,Q A%##RS#T -(*'11'*+,-,U (*'111/0/1P2'34+-4(*'*+,-V+*2)) W6X#7 HFHHHOHH AYXZ H &X[#RA#< H @#7<X%#7 \%%X7%]#X ^@#; ^<<X; H G H F M_< H H F Z# !" AX< =` 5<<a7;# b3+(*+-c,(*/3 # ='3P/1d II3/((/4'1 /(P3+9*+,-V-/3!'Q/ V-/3=2,-/ e,-+-4 )```FH ")fc F E*2/3/*'+1 HFH HHHH HH ! `3'I/.c,,I! @#7%#< ,-*3'P*,3=3+Q'3J,-*'P*=2,-/II3/((,-*3'P*,3`J9/+P/-(/ +P/-(/d 0+'*"3,89:'-IJK'-(,- H . H. =,> ! ! "#$%& '()""*+(, -. #$%& '()""*+(, -. #$%& -/0%0,1 "." "21"%#$%& -/0%0,1 (!!" "34$"%5!!" "61.#$%& Electric Vehicle DC Fast Charger Specifications Model : FC200K-B2-PS / FC200K-BH-PS Without LED Banner SK Signet Inc. has all rights reserved. Revision History. 2024.10.29 Electric Vehicle DC Fast Charger Specifications The following table lists the specifications for the EV DC fast charger Model : FC200K-B2-PS North America Country FC200K-B2-PS / FC200K-BH-PS Model FC200K-B2-PS Combination 1 Mechanical size (W*D*H) 700mm*830mm*2,050mm 2.29*2.72*6.72 ft Weight 493kg Voltage 480 Vac Â± 10 %, 3P4W (R,S,T,N)+PE, TN-S Frequency 50/60 Hz Input Power factor Range â‰¥ 0.99 (@ Load 100%, 480 Vac Â± 10 %) Nominal Input Current â‰¥ 254 A Max. Current 284A Voltage Range 150-1000Vdc Output Current Range 350A (boost 500A, max 10 min @+25â„ƒ) Max. Power 200kW Type Dual CCS1 (Air-cooled) NACS and CCS1 (Air-cooled) Cable Length(m) 5m (Outside Length: external cable + connector head) Efficiency > 95% (@ Load 100%) SK Signet Inc. has all rights reserved. 02 Revision History. 2024.10.29 Electric Vehicle DC Fast Charger North America Country FC200K-B2-PS / FC200K-BH-PS Forced Power Sharing (200kW for single EV or 100kW+100kW for Power Sharing Charging Scenario dual charging) Max Power (kW) 25kW Input (Vac) AC 380-480V (Â±10%) Power Module Output (Vdc) DC 150-1000V PFC â‰¥ 0.99 at Â±10% PFC (%) Voltage at >50%load Metering Accuracy Less than 1% Network Connection Ethernet, 4G, LTE Modem Communication Protocol OCPP 1.6J (Core : Supported) / (OCPP 2.0.1 Core : Supported) LCD Display 32â€ FHD (1920x1080) Touch Screen (English, Spanish) RFID (ISO/IEC 14443A/B, ISO15693), NFC, IC Reader, QR Code User Authentication (Option) Nayax VPOS : IC Reader User Interface Payment Payter P68 : NFC (Mifare) Cable Management âˆš Emergency Button âˆš Operation Button âˆš (3 buttons) Operating Temp.(â„ƒ) -35â„ƒ to +55â„ƒ (with derating) (-31Â°F to +131Â°F) Storage Temp.(â„ƒ) -40â„ƒ to +70â„ƒ (-40Â°F to +158Â°F) Cooling Method Forced Air-cooling Environmental Humidity(%) 5 to 95% (Non-condensing) Altitude(m) 2,000m (6,561ft) Noise Level < 70dB (@ 1m) IP Level Outdoor, NEMA 3R Enclosure IK Level IK10 (Touch screen, IK08) Design Filter Rating G2 filter Air Flow Design Ventilation by fan control Front Door Light only (Full RGB LEDs) Lightings LED Banner for front & rear sides SK Signet Inc. has all rights reserved. 03 Revision History. 2024.10.29 Electric Vehicle DC Fast Charger North America Country FC200K-B2-PS / FC200K-BH-PS â€¢ Over Voltage Protection â€¢ Over Current Protection â€¢ RCD Type A + DC 6mA â€¢ Proximity loss Protection Protective Function â€¢ Over Temperature Protection â€¢ FG Disconnection Detect Protection â€¢ SPD (Surge Protection) â€¢ IMD (Insulation monitor device) Certificate Mark â€¢ NRTL (UL), Energy Star Safety â€¢ UL2202, UL2231-1, UL2231-2,UL991, UL1998, CSA, ADA Standard EMC â€¢ FCC Part 15 Class B Compliance Metering â€¢ CTEP and NTEP based on current SW (To be discussed) Charging Interface â€¢ DIN70121, ISO15118-2 (PnC) SK Signet Inc. has all rights reserved. 04 Revision History. 2024.10.29 !"#$ "% &' !"#$ "% &' ( )*+,-., / 01 ., 2* 134566789:578;<=5><75=?5=@<7;A>5<=@<7B8A>CD;<E8F8>8G><7D><A687>8=>7A6H>A>5<=C I578%8JA7>;8=>K )-2!JJ7<L8FM5>B<=F5>5<=D N22(3,1#$ "% &' O3/ P-/ Q1- 2K R12 4566789:578;<=5><75=?5=@<7;A>5<=@<7B8A>CD;<E8F8>8G><7D><A687>8=>7A6H>A>5<=CI578 %8JA7>;8=>K 1 O3S1 13 TA7G86U/ !'!HCI%"" !'!HCI%"" VWHV& HV!V$V &V$"!" TX4!Y Z [<=5=?/ Y>B878>A56V7AF8\I<<F &"<>/#6<GE/ Statement of Compliance for Construction of Level 3 EV charging station with load managed battery energy storage system at A1 Gas Station in Arlington, WA Site Address: 2216 State Route 530 NE Arlington, WA STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE For Level 3 EV Charging Station with BESS 2216 WA-530, Arlington, WA 98223 Project Information: Applicant: Aviat Group, LLC Project: 8-Stall Level 3 EV Charging Station with 233kWh BESS Location: 2216 WA-530, Arlington, WA 98223 Compliance with AMC 20.114.145 - Project Review: 1. Environmental Review: - Completed SEPA Environmental Checklist - Addressed potential environmental impacts 2. Site Plan Review: - Detailed site plan submitted showing: * Property boundaries and dimensions * Location of all proposed structures * Parking layout * ADA compliance measures 3. Technical Review: - Engineering plans for: * Electrical systems * Utility connections Compliance with AMC 20.114.150 - Notice Requirements: 1. Public Notice: - Posted site notice at property - Published notice in local newspaper - Mailed notices to properties within 500 feet - Notice provided to aTected agencies 2. Notice Content: - Project description - Location information - Application details - Comment period dates - Contact information - SEPA determination 3. Documentation: - ATidavit of posting - Proof of publication - Mailing list - Copy of notices Additional Compliance Measures: 1. Safety: - Safety signage plan 2. Construction: - Construction management plan - Erosion control plan - Waste management plan Declaration: I hereby certify that this project complies with all requirements set forth in Arlington Municipal Code sections 20.114.145 and 20.114.150. All information provided is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Signature: _______________________ Company: Aviat Group, LLC Name: Randy Hanson Title: Project Consultant Date: 12/20/24